Skip to content
Streambay
Sesame Street poster
TV series

Sesame Street

Latest episode

S56 E13 · Cookie Monster's Magical Cart

About Sesame Street

Sesame Street is a kids and comedy TV series that premiered on Netflix on November 10, 1969. It has 56 seasons and 3,667 episodes so far and is still airing new episodes. The latest episode, Season 56 Episode 13 "Cookie Monster's Magical Cart", aired on June 8, 2026.

On a special inner city street, the inhabitants—human and muppet—teach preschoolers basic educational and social concepts using comedy, cartoons, games, and songs.

  • Kids
  • Comedy

Last updated

Episodes

3,667 episodes · 56 seasons

Sesame Street Season 57 hasn’t been dated yet. See what we know. Release date →

Season 1

1969 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 56 years ago

Sesame Street Season 1 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale

    Sponsors: A, H, 10

  2. E129

    129. Oscar Hosts the Show (0129)

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Grover Prefers Capital G

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. Sesame Street S1 E123 still E123

    123. Big Bird Draws Letter R's (0123)

    Here comes Cookie Monster! A prank on Bert backfires on Cookie and Ernie. Cookie's call to his mommy ends when he eats the telephone. Song "One of These Things" and animated ABC song.

  9. E122

    122. Big Bird Builds a Race Car

  10. E121

    121. Treasure Hunt

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Garbage on Sesame Street

  14. E117

    117. A Visit From Odetta

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. Sesame Street S1 E115 still E115

    115. Gordon, Susan, and the Kids Go On An Imaginary Car Ride (0115)

    Kermit sings the original "Being Green". Ernie and Bert perform the classic "Banana Telephone" skit, Muppet Roosevelt Franklin sings "I'm Roosevelt Franklin", Bob sings an early version of "Who Are The People In Your Neighborhood?" plus Cookie Monster eats Ernie's cookie, and Oscar calls "Dial-a-Grouch".

  17. E114

    114. Don McLean Visits

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Pete Seeger Returns

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Observing Seeds and Eggs

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Susan Re-enters the Workforce

  36. E95

    95. Oscar Sings 'I Love Trash'

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Another Block Party

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Oscar Needs a Job

  44. E87

    87. The Magnificent Block Building

  45. E86

    86. Big Bird Draws an 'O'

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Rufus Opens a Lemonade Stand

  48. E83

    83. Big Bird Moves Birdseed to His Nest

    Big Bird moves birdseed to his nest. Sponsors: A, H, T, 10

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 2

1970 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 55 years ago

Sesame Street Season 2 release dates →
  1. E145

    145. Episode 145

    Finale
  2. E144

    144. Episode 144

    Theodore Bikel visits Sesame Street. Sponsors: O, 12

  3. E143

    143. Episode 143

  4. E142

    142. Episode 142

  5. E141

    141. Episode 141

  6. E140

    140. Episode 140

  7. E139

    139. Episode 139

  8. E138

    138. Episode 138

  9. E137

    137. Episode 137

  10. E136

    136. Episode 136

  11. E135

    135. Episode 135

  12. E134

    134. Episode 134

  13. E133

    133. Episode 133

  14. E132

    132. Episode 132

  15. E131

    131. Episode 131

  16. E130

    130. Episode 130

  17. E129

    129. Episode 129

  18. E128

    128. Episode 128

  19. E127

    127. Episode 127

  20. E126

    126. Episode 126

  21. E125

    125. Episode 125

  22. E124

    124. Episode 124

  23. E123

    123. Episode 123

  24. E122

    122. Episode 122

  25. E121

    121. Episode 121

  26. E120

    120. Episode 120

  27. E119

    119. Episode 119

  28. E118

    118. Episode 118

  29. E117

    117. Episode 117

  30. E116

    116. Episode 116

  31. E115

    115. Episode 115

  32. E114

    114. Episode 114

  33. E113

    113. Episode 113

  34. E112

    112. Episode 112

  35. E111

    111. Episode 111

  36. E110

    110. Episode 110

  37. E109

    109. Episode 109

  38. E108

    108. Episode 108

  39. E107

    107. Episode 107

  40. E106

    106. Episode 106

  41. E105

    105. Episode 105

  42. E104

    104. Episode 104

  43. E103

    103. Episode 103

  44. E102

    102. Episode 102

  45. E101

    101. Episode 101

  46. E100

    100. Episode 100

  47. E99

    99. Episode 99

  48. E98

    98. Episode 98

  49. E97

    97. Episode 97

  50. E96

    96. Episode 96

Season 3

1971 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 54 years ago

Sesame Street Season 3 release dates → +44 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E106

    106. Episode 106

    Air date TBA

    Sponsors: B, M, 8

  2. E97

    97. Episode 97

    Susan, Bob, Luis and Maria are putting together a snowman. Big Bird observes the pictures they have of various snowmen to figure out which one they're going to build.

  3. E84

    84. Bert leaves Ernie

    Ecology, and lessons on numbers and the alphabet are featured.

  4. E83

    83. Episode 83

  5. E82

    82. Episode 82

  6. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 4

1972 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 53 years ago

Sesame Street Season 4 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale

    Oscar imagines that there are no people living on Sesame Street. Sponsors: X, Z, 10

  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

    Stevie Wonder visits. Sponsors: G, I, 11

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 5

1973 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 52 years ago

Sesame Street Season 5 release dates → +48 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E121

    121. Episode 121

    Air date TBA

    Sponsors: H

  2. Sesame Street S5 E102 still E102

    102. Electric Company Meets Sesame Street (0637)

Season 6

1974 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 51 years ago

Sesame Street Season 6 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale

    The Count counts water drops and leaves. Sponsors: D, 7

  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 7

1975 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 50 years ago

Sesame Street Season 7 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale
  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. Sesame Street S7 E105 still E105

    105. Sing-Along in Ernie and Bert’s Bathroom (0900)

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 8

1976 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 49 years ago

Sesame Street Season 8 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale

    Oscar's pet fly gets a job as a bus driver. Sponsors: I, M, 10

  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. Sesame Street S8 E120 still E120

    120. The Count's Countdown (1045)

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

    Big Bird feels jealous of Buffy's new baby Cody. Sponsors: E, F, 3

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 9

1977 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 48 years ago

Sesame Street Season 9 release dates → +13 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E84

    84. A day at the subway (1139)

  2. E83

    83. Big Bird tries to amuse Cody (1138)

  3. Sesame Street S9 E82 still E82

    82. Oscar's important message (1137)

    Air date TBA
  4. E81

    81. Mr. Hooper babysits Cody (1136)

    Air date TBA
  5. E80

    80. Oscar buys every cleaning item in Hooper's Store (1135)

    Air date TBA
  6. E79

    79. Bob and Luis prepare cereal (1134)

    Air date TBA
  7. E78

    78. Bob's piano playing disturbs Mr. Hooper (1133)

    Air date TBA
  8. E77

    77. Big Bird learns about child care (1132)

    Air date TBA
  9. E76

    76. Big Bird's block tower (1131)

    Air date TBA
  10. E75

    75. Maria dislikes David's new mustache (1130)

    Air date TBA
  11. E74

    74. Susan babyproofs her apartment for Cody (1129)

    Air date TBA
  12. E72

    72. Cody receives a teddy bear and a sweater (1127)

    Air date TBA
  13. E71

    71. David delivers a sandwich to Maria (1126)

    Air date TBA
  14. E70

    70. Gordon and Susan lock themselves out (1125)

    Air date TBA

    Gordon and Susan accidentally lock themselves out of 123 Sesame Street; Cody makes a mess in Oscar's trash can

  15. E69

    69. Cody keeps making a mess (1124)

    Air date TBA
  16. E68

    68. Mr. Hooper's new frying pan (1123)

    Air date TBA
  17. E67

    67. Luis teaches Herry how to use different tools (1122)

    Air date TBA
  18. E66

    66. Mr. Snuffleupagus cleans his pajamas (1121)

    Air date TBA
  19. E65

    65. Episode 65

    Air date TBA

    Woodrow Woodpecker visits Big Bird.

  20. E64

    64. Episode 64

    Air date TBA

    Luis trades junk with Oscar.

  21. E63

    63. Episode 63

    Air date TBA

    Oscar's Grouchketeer meeting.

  22. E62

    62. Episode 62

    Air date TBA

    Big Bird goes to the library.

  23. E49

    49. Episode 49

  24. E48

    48. Episode 48

  25. E47

    47. Episode 47

  26. E46

    46. Episode 46

  27. E45

    45. Episode 45

  28. E44

    44. Episode 44

  29. E43

    43. Episode 43

  30. E42

    42. Episode 42

  31. E41

    41. Episode 41

  32. E40

    40. Hawaii Day 6 (1095)

    The gang's last day in Hawaii. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  33. E39

    39. Hawaii Day 5 (1094)

    Big Bird and Snuffy find the Snuffleupagus Mountain at last. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  34. E38

    38. Hawaii Day 4 (1093)

    Big Bird and Snuffy continue to search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  35. E37

    37. Hawaii Day 3 (1092)

    Big Bird and Snuffy search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  36. E36

    36. Hawaii Day 2 (1091)

    The gang arrives in Hawaii; Big Bird hears the legend of the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  37. E35

    35. Hawaii Day 1 (1090)

    The gang leaves for Hawaii, but Snuffy gets left behind. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Season 10

1978 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 47 years ago

Sesame Street Season 10 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale
  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

    Grover serves up burgers of all sizes. Bert and Ernie ransack their own apartment. Ernie tricks Bert out of a bigger piece of pie. Biff helps Salvador DaDa create a museum. Plus the Twiddlebugs, pinball animation and a live-action feature about recycling paper.

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 11

1979 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 46 years ago

Sesame Street Season 11 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale
  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

    C-3PO and R2-D2 visit Sesame Street. Sponsored by U, V, 2.

Season 12

1980 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 45 years ago

Sesame Street Season 12 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale

    During a heat wave, Oscar finds he has no one to bother. Later, Fred Rogers of Mister Rogers' Neighborhood judges a race between Big Bird and Snuffy. Sponsored by H, K, 12

  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Episode 122

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

    Maria asks Luis for a raise Sponsored by O, P, 8

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Episode 116

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Episode 105

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Episode 102

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Episode 89

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 13

1981 · 31 episodes · Last episode: 44 years ago

Sesame Street Season 13 release dates → +29 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E23

    23. Episode 23

  2. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 14

1982 · 50 episodes

Sesame Street Season 14 release dates → +31 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E130

    130. Telly learns to count like the Count (1835)

    Air date TBA

    14th season finale

  2. E127

    127. On the hunt with Dr. Nobel Price (1832)

    Air date TBA
  3. E124

    124. Super Snuffy (1829)

    Air date TBA
  4. E122

    122. Herry's lost dolly (1827

    Air date TBA
  5. E120

    120. Casa Osvaldo (1825)

    Air date TBA
  6. E119

    119. Hooper's Store has a promotional contest (1824)

    Air date TBA
  7. E116

    116. Cabbage sale at Hooper's (1821)

    Air date TBA
  8. E110

    110. David's big nose (1815)

    Air date TBA
  9. E109

    109. Gordon prepares for a recital (1814)

    Air date TBA
  10. E107

    107. Osvaldo visits with his plane (1812)

    Air date TBA
  11. E105

    105. Oscar teaches Linda to be grouchy (part 2) (1810)

    Air date TBA
  12. E104

    104. Oscar teaches Linda to be grouchy (part 1) (1809)

    Air date TBA
  13. Sesame Street S14 E103 still E103

    103. Sing-along party (1808)

    Air date TBA
  14. E101

    101. Arnold Hooper's Snuffleupagus plan (1806)

    Air date TBA
  15. E100

    100. The Snuffleupagus Map (1805)

    Air date TBA
  16. E95

    95. Snuffy's cousin Abigail visits Sesame Street (1800)

    Air date TBA
  17. E93

    93. Telly and Oscar's secret knock (Episode 1798)

    Air date TBA
  18. E92

    92. Getting Spot back to Oscar's can (Episode 1797)

    Air date TBA
  19. E84

    84. Slimey gets hurt while skydiving (1789)

    Air date TBA

Season 15

1983 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 42 years ago

Sesame Street Season 15 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Sally Ride talks about being an astronaut

    Astronaut Sally Ride visits Sesame Street to talk about her incredible experiences in space and what it's truly like to be an astronaut. She explains her training regimen and emphasizes the importance of science and education. The kids are inspired by her achievements and courage. Sponsors: W, X, 3

  2. E129

    129. A noisy day in the library

    The library unexpectedly becomes extremely noisy when several residents show up with loud instruments and cause a commotion. The librarian works patiently to restore quiet while teaching everyone about library etiquette and respect for shared spaces. By the end, the peaceful library is restored. Sponsors: R, X, 4

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

    The residents of Sesame Street gather to discuss friendship and share what it means to have someone you can trust, rely on, and count on. Sponsors: E, V, 10

  4. E127

    127. Telly doesn't get angry

    Telly learns valuable lessons about managing anger and expressing his feelings in healthy, constructive ways with help from his friends. His friends help him understand that feeling upset is sometimes normal and okay. By the end, Telly feels empowered to handle his emotions better. Sponsors: G, M, 6

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

    Big Bird leads a group of friends on an educational field trip to learn about community workers and how they help society function. Sponsors: F, Z, 2

  6. E125

    125. Slimey plays basketball

    Slimey, Oscar's tiny pet worm, tries to play basketball with the other characters on Sesame Street, causing hilarious and endearing mishaps. Despite being much smaller than everyone else, Slimey shows determination and enthusiasm throughout the game. The gang cheers him on as he courageously participates. Sponsors: I, N, 10

  7. E124

    124. Juggler Michael Davis visits

    Juggler Michael Davis visits Sesame Street and impresses everyone with his amazing juggling tricks and performance skills. The kids are fascinated and desperately want to learn how to juggle themselves. Michael teaches them the basics and inspires them to practice their new skill. Sponsors: D, U, 8

  8. E123

    123. Luis' birthday

    The gang throws a surprise birthday party for Luis, complete with colorful decorations, live music, and a special homemade cake. Everyone shares their favorite memories with Luis and expresses thanks for his caring friendship. Luis is overwhelmed with joy and gratitude by the celebration. Sponsors: P, S, 12

  9. E122

    122. Election Day on Sesame Street

    Sesame Street holds an official Election Day where residents vote on an important community decision affecting everyone. Big Bird and others learn about the democratic voting process and the importance of participation. The community comes together to celebrate their collective choice. Sponsors: J, N, 5

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

    Oscar becomes obsessed with a new trash can he discovers and tries to make his current trash can jealous of his new treasure. He polishes and primes the new can while making dramatic comparisons between the two. Eventually, Oscar realizes his original trash can is the best after all. Sponsors: Q, U, 10

  11. E120

    120. Telly's gravity experiment

    Telly conducts an exciting gravity experiment by dropping various objects from different heights and carefully recording the results. Big Bird helps him document his scientific findings as Telly learns about physics and how the world works. Telly becomes fascinated by scientific discovery and experimentation. Sponsors: H, I, 9

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

    Big Bird and friends participate in a scenic nature walk observing plants, animals, and natural features of their neighborhood. They discuss how the seasons change nature throughout the year and appreciate the beauty surrounding them. Sponsors: L, M, 7

  13. E118

    118. Planning a picnic

    The gang plans an exciting picnic and debates what food and supplies to bring to make it truly special. They carefully consider everyone's preferences and dietary needs. After detailed planning, they head off for a wonderful outdoor meal together. Sponsors: P, V, 6

  14. E117

    117. Hooper's has a broken window

    A window at Hooper's Store breaks and the community comes together to fix it efficiently. Luis takes charge of the repair while others watch and learn about the maintenance process. Once the window is fixed, everyone celebrates the restored and beautiful storefront. Sponsors: G, Q, 3

  15. E116

    116. David shares his grandma for the day

    David generously shares his grandmother with the whole neighborhood for a special day filled with activities and wonderful stories. His grandma teaches everyone a valuable lesson and they all learn something important from her wisdom. David beams with pride having such a wonderful grandmother to share. Sponsors: D, K, 5

  16. E115

    115. Captain Vegetable rhymes / Forgetful in the Fix-It Shop

    Captain Vegetable leads an entertaining rhyming lesson while Forgetful Jones attempts to work in the Fix-It Shop, causing good-natured chaos everywhere. Despite his bungling efforts and memory lapses, Forgetful manages to complete his assigned task. Everyone appreciates his willingness to help despite his challenges. Sponsors: M, Y, 2

  17. E114

    114. Remembering Mr. Hooper's egg cream

    The residents reminisce fondly about Mr. Hooper's famous egg cream drinks and the wonderful memories he shared with everyone on Sesame Street. They gather together to celebrate his legacy and the joy he brought to their community. The group decides to preserve his special recipe and keep his memory alive. Sponsors: A, Y, 11

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

    Maria and Luis work together on various home improvement projects while learning about using tools safely and effectively to accomplish their goals. Sponsors: C, H, 9

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

    The gang organizes a talent showcase where residents display their special abilities and unique skills in front of an appreciative and enthusiastic audience. Sponsors: B, W, 4

  20. E111

    111. Episode 111

    Big Bird teaches the neighborhood children about important safety rules and procedures for crossing streets and playing outdoors safely. Sponsors: N, T, 9

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

    The residents gather to discuss and celebrate the concept of sharing and what it truly means to be generous with friends and family on Sesame Street. Sponsors: G, O, 2

  22. E109

    109. Inspector Bird and the balloons

    Inspector Bird investigates the curious Case of the Missing Balloons and follows cryptic clues around Sesame Street. Through detective work, he discovers that the balloons escaped when someone carelessly left a store door open. Inspector Bird successfully reunites the wayward balloons with their delighted owner. Sponsors: K, S, 10

  23. E108

    108. Fluffy goes missing

    The gang searches frantically when Fluffy, a beloved pet, mysteriously goes missing from Sesame Street. Everyone helps comb the neighborhood, creating lost animal signs and asking questions. After much worry and searching, Fluffy is finally found safe and reunited with his relieved owner. Sponsors: L, X, 7

  24. E107

    107. Telly prepares for a trip to Mexico

    Telly excitedly prepares for an upcoming trip to Mexico and learns about the country's rich culture, Spanish language, and geography. His friends share their knowledge about Mexico and help him pack the right items. Telly is thrilled and nervous about his upcoming adventure and new experiences. Sponsors: A, I, 6

  25. E106

    106. Dr. Price's library inventions

    Dr. Price proudly showcases her latest creative library inventions designed to organize and protect books more efficiently. The mechanical devices are imaginative but frequently malfunction in hilarious and unexpected ways. Despite the technical mishaps, the gang appreciates her inventive spirit and creativity. Sponsors: Q, Y, 10

  26. E105

    105. David's imaginary friend

    David creates an imaginary companion to help him navigate a difficult day full of challenges on Sesame Street. The imaginary friend provides encouragement and support as David faces various obstacles. Eventually, David realizes his real friends on the street are even more valuable than an imaginary one. Sponsors: M, N, 4

  27. E104

    104. Grundgetta meets astronaut Sally Ride

    Astronaut Sally Ride visits Sesame Street and meets Grundgetta, sharing fascinating stories about being in space and exploring the universe. Grundgetta is captivated by tales of rockets, weightlessness, and cosmic adventure. Sally Ride explains the training and dedication required to become an astronaut. Sponsors: N, O, 8

  28. E103

    103. Grouch diving contest

    Oscar organizes a grouch diving contest in the mud and trash, with Grouches competing to see who can get the dirtiest and messiest. The judges award prizes for the slimiest, most rotten, and filthiest dives. Oscar declares it the most successful grouch event in history. Sponsors: O, S, 3

  29. E102

    102. Pets on Sesame Street

    The gang explores the different kinds of pets that live on Sesame Street and discusses what makes a good pet owner. Big Bird, Telly, and others talk about the responsibilities that come with caring for animals. Everyone shares their favorite animal stories and pet experiences. Sponsors: B, E, 12

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

    The residents of Sesame Street work together on a community garden project, planting seeds and learning about plant growth and nature. Everyone gets dirty while working toward their shared goal. They discuss what vegetables will grow and plan for a future harvest. Sponsors: F, J, 5

  31. E100

    100. Telly the Helper

    Telly enthusiastically volunteers to help everyone on Sesame Street with their daily tasks and chores. His well-meaning assistance sometimes causes comical mishaps, but the adults appreciate his enthusiasm and willingness. By day's end, Telly feels proud of how helpful he's been to his community. Sponsors: R, X, 4

  32. E99

    99. Snuffy's cousin, Señor Esnofelopago, visits from Puerto Rico

    Snuffleupagus's cousin Señor Esnofelopago arrives from Puerto Rico, bringing Caribbean culture, Spanish language, and island traditions to Sesame Street. The gang learns new vocabulary and customs while Snuffy and his cousin enjoy a warm reunion. They celebrate the visit with authentic food, lively music, and dancing. Sponsors: R, W, 7

  33. E98

    98. Big Bird, Snuffy and Telly learn about the new computer; Oscar has his own grouch computer

    Finale

    Big Bird, Snuffleupagus, and Telly explore a fascinating new computer that has arrived on Sesame Street. Oscar installs his own grouch computer that constantly malfunctions and breaks down in hilarious ways. The gang learns about technology while Oscar gleefully enjoys his gloriously broken machine. Sponsors: A, C, 11

  34. E97

    97. David's grandma visits once more

    David's grandmother visits Sesame Street again and the entire neighborhood welcomes her with open arms and joy. She spends quality time with David, sharing warm stories and playing games together. Everyone on the street appreciates her warmth, humor, and kindness. Sponsors: T, U, 6

  35. E96

    96. Captain Vegetable's superhero test

    Captain Vegetable announces his retirement and announces a competition to find his successor by testing their vegetable-saving abilities. Multiple candidates attempt challenging scenarios that require superhero skills and dedication. Captain Vegetable carefully selects the most worthy candidate to carry on his legacy. Sponsors: G, J, 9

  36. E95

    95. Big Bird gives away WALKs

    Big Bird launches a new tour business, enthusiastically giving free walking tours of Sesame Street to anyone interested in exploring. He passionately shows tourists all the neighborhood's highlights and interesting features. By day's end, Big Bird has given out so many tours that he's exhausted but happy. Sponsors: Q, T, 10

  37. E94

    94. Uncle Wally visits

    Uncle Wally, Big Bird's visiting uncle, spends the day exploring Sesame Street alongside his excited nephew. Big Bird proudly shows Uncle Wally all his favorite places and warmly introduces him to his many friends. Uncle Wally entertains everyone with funny stories and they enjoy a wonderful day together. Sponsors: N, Y, 3

  38. E93

    93. Snuffy sleeps over at Big Bird's

    Snuffleupagus spends a special sleepover at Big Bird's nest, and the two friends stay up late talking, playing games, and having pillow fights. Big Bird worries that Snuffy might be uncomfortable in his nest, but Snuffy assures him it's absolutely perfect. The happy friends fall asleep together, grateful for their special night. Sponsors: E, I, 8

  39. E92

    92. Gordon and Susan babysit

    Gordon and Susan babysit several children for the evening while parents enjoy a night out. The energetic kids test their patience with pranks and silly games throughout the night. When the parents return, Gordon and Susan feel proud of handling everything with humor and genuine care. Sponsors: E, H, 4

  40. E91

    91. Oscar's Groucheteria

    Oscar opens his own restaurant called the Groucheteria, serving only rotten and terrible food that Grouches love. Big Bird and friends peek in out of curiosity and are horrified by the disgusting menu. Oscar considers their disgust a huge success and celebrates his perfectly rotten establishment. Sponsors: G, L, 2

  41. E90

    90. Forgetful Maria

    Maria becomes increasingly forgetful throughout the day, leaving tasks unfinished and items scattered around Sesame Street. Her friends patiently help her locate lost items and remember what she was supposed to do. By evening, everyone shares a good laugh about her day full of memory lapses. Sponsors: F, R, 12

  42. E89

    89. Birdwatching with Nobel Price

    Nobel Price takes Big Bird on an exciting birdwatching expedition where they observe various bird species and learn about their unique characteristics. Big Bird discovers that different birds have distinctly different features, calls, and behaviors. Nobel Price shares her expert ornithological knowledge with enthusiasm. Sponsors: V, W, 5

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

    Big Bird and Telly search the entire neighborhood for Snuffleupagus's missing toy, asking every resident they encounter for help. The friends work together cooperatively and ultimately locate the lost item. Snuffy expresses his gratitude for their kindness and their unwavering friendship. Sponsors: B, G, 3

  44. E87

    87. Forgetful doesn't know what to buy; Snuffy's letter L

    Forgetful Jones repeatedly forgets his shopping list and struggles to remember what he needs at the store, requiring Maria's patient help with clever clues. Through her assistance, each forgotten item becomes clear. Snuffleupagus demonstrates the letter L through a series of amusing and memorable scenes. Sponsors: L, R, 8

  45. E86

    86. Grundgetta enjoys the rain

    Grundgetta discovers the pure joy of dancing and splashing in the rain with her fellow grouch friends. She finds delight in getting messy and filthy in muddy puddles and muddy streets. Oscar joins in the fun, and they celebrate the deliciously rotten pleasures of a rainy day. Sponsors: K, O, 10

  46. E85

    85. Episode 85

    Cookie Monster frantically searches everywhere on Sesame Street for cookies he hid but has forgotten the locations of. Big Bird and others help him retrace his steps through the neighborhood, following memory clues. After extensive searching, they finally discover his stash hidden in a surprising spot. Sponsors: Y, Z, 7

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

    The residents organize a community cleanup day on Sesame Street, working together to pick up trash and restore the neighborhood to its full beauty. Each character contributes their own effort to the collective project. Everyone celebrates their accomplishment with music and genuine joy. Sponsors: M, S, 11

  48. E83

    83. Big Bird's ABIERTO sign

    Big Bird discovers that 'ABIERTO' means 'open' in Spanish when he sees the word on Hooper's Store sign. Luis explains the Spanish vocabulary while Big Bird practices using the word throughout the day. The neighborhood learns a new word while celebrating Spanish language and culture. Sponsors: K, O, 6

  49. E82

    82. Grandpa Grouch at the library

    Grandpa Grouch visits the library in search of books about complaint techniques and grouch philosophy. The patient librarian helps him navigate the collection and explains the Dewey Decimal System. Despite his grouchy demeanor, Grandpa Grouch quietly appreciates the librarian's helpfulness and knowledge. Sponsors: P, V, 5

  50. E81

    81. Grandma Grace's birthday

    The entire neighborhood surprises Grandma Grace with a wonderful birthday celebration at Hooper's Store, complete with decorations and a special cake. Everyone contributes something meaningful to make the day unforgettable. Grandma Grace is deeply moved by the love and effort her friends put into honoring her. Sponsors: A, J, 9

Season 16

1984 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 41 years ago

Sesame Street Season 16 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Big Bird and Officer George look for Barkley

    When Barkley goes missing, Big Bird teams up with Officer George to search for the dog throughout Sesame Street. They follow clues and ask residents if they've seen him. The search becomes an adventure that teaches about community cooperation and the importance of finding lost pets. Sponsors: A, E, 12

  2. E129

    129. Telly watches Mr. Mac's cart

    Telly agrees to watch Mr. Mac's cart while he's away, but finds the responsibility challenging as customers keep approaching. Various residents come by with requests and questions. Telly learns about customer service and the importance of being reliable and attentive. Sponsors: E, J, 7

  3. E128

    128. Oscar and a Honker trick Telly

    Oscar teams up with a bird-like creature called a Honker to play pranks and tricks on Telly throughout the day. The schemes escalate as they try to outwit and fool Telly. Telly eventually realizes what's happening and tries to get back at his pranksters. Sponsors: C, W, 8

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

    A very brief episode with minimal content and few scenes. Basic interactions among residents are shown. The episode is short and focuses on fundamental concepts. Sponsors: A, X, 11

  5. E126

    126. Slimey's night out

    Oscar's pet worm Slimey ventures out for an evening adventure on Sesame Street. He encounters various residents and experiences different situations throughout his night. Slimey's small size and perspective lead to amusing and educational moments. Sponsors: X, Y, 4

  6. E125

    125. Oscar looks for a job

    Oscar searches for employment that would suit his Grouch personality and sensibilities. He interviews for various positions but finds it difficult to fit into traditional jobs. The episode explores the challenges of finding work that matches one's unique traits and values. Sponsors: D, E, 5

  7. E124

    124. How Oscar came to Sesame Street

    Oscar recalls the story of how he first arrived on Sesame Street and came to live in his trash can home. He remembers meeting the other residents and settling into the community. The flashback reveals Oscar's history and how he became part of the neighborhood. Sponsors: O, V, 3

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

    Standard street scenes feature the residents in typical interactions and daily activities. Educational segments are woven into their routines. Normal community life provides context for learning. Sponsors: H, W, 4

  9. E122

    122. Telly the Detective

    Telly takes on the role of detective and investigates a mystery on Sesame Street. He gathers clues and interviews witnesses to solve the case. His detective work leads him on an entertaining adventure while he learns about observation and logical thinking. Sponsors: E, S, 4

  10. E121

    121. Episode 121

    A short episode with minimal scenes and interactions among the regular cast. Basic educational content is included. The focus is on simple, everyday moments. Sponsors: J, S, 8

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

    The residents engage in standard activities and interactions featuring various street scenes. Educational moments are incorporated naturally into their routines. Daily life on Sesame Street continues with its typical rhythm. Sponsors: B, L, 9

  12. E119

    119. Telly tries to wait out his birthday

    Telly attempts to avoid celebrating his birthday by waiting it out, but the residents have other plans. Despite his efforts to ignore the day, friends prepare a surprise to honor him. The episode explores themes of celebration, friendship, and why birthdays matter. Sponsors: F, Z, 2

  13. E118

    118. Episode 118

    A brief episode with minimal content showing basic interactions among the residents. Simple educational lessons are presented. The episode maintains a calm, everyday atmosphere. Sponsors: L, U, 9

  14. E117

    117. Snuffy imagines himself as a cloud

    Mr. Snuffleupagus imagines himself as a fluffy white cloud floating in the sky. Through his imagination, he experiences what it would be like to be weightless and free. Big Bird shares in this fantasy, exploring the possibilities of cloud living with his friend. Sponsors: D, G, 3

  15. E116

    116. The Grouch of the Year Award

    Oscar and the Grouches gather to determine who deserves the prestigious Grouch of the Year Award. Various Grouches demonstrate their grouchiness and compete for the title. The competition shows off what makes each Grouch unique and special in their own way. Sponsors: T, U, 7

  16. E115

    115. Episode 115

    Various characters engage in their typical routines and activities on Sesame Street. Learning happens naturally through their conversations and actions. The episode reflects ordinary life in the community. Sponsors: T, X, 6

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

    A short episode with minimal scenes showing daily interactions among the residents. Educational content is woven into these simple interactions. The focus remains on community and friendship. Sponsors: A, M, 5

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

    The residents go about their regular activities on Sesame Street with various scenes and educational moments. Characters engage in typical interactions and help one another. Normal day-to-day life provides the foundation for learning. Sponsors: B, K, 4

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

    Standard street scenes featuring the regular cast in daily activities and interactions. Educational segments are seamlessly incorporated into the characters' routines. The episode maintains the show's typical balance of entertainment and learning. Sponsors: S, X, 3

  20. E111

    111. Oscar's pet lobster

    Oscar adopts a pet lobster and names it, treating it as his new companion. He shows the crustacean around to other residents and explains why he chose a lobster. The lobster's presence creates new dynamics and opportunities for learning on Sesame Street. Sponsors: B, S, 2

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

    A brief episode featuring simple street scenes and basic educational content. The residents interact naturally while lessons are taught incidentally. Daily life on Sesame Street unfolds with minimal plot. Sponsors: C, Y, 2

  22. E109

    109. Q is followed by U

    An educational segment explores the letter Q and explains that it's almost always followed by the letter U in English. Various words and examples demonstrate this spelling rule. Characters use this rule to help viewers understand how letters work together. Sponsors: P, Q, 11

  23. E108

    108. Remembering Mr. Hooper / Oscar's stop sign

    The residents reminisce about Mr. Hooper and share memories of their beloved friend who has passed away. His impact on their lives and the community is celebrated through their stories. Oscar also deals with a stop sign, showing contrasting emotions in the episode. Sponsors: K, Q, 9

  24. E107

    107. A blackout on Sesame Street

    When the power goes out on Sesame Street, the residents must cope with darkness and find ways to entertain themselves. They gather together and tell stories, sing, and enjoy each other's company. The episode shows how community bonds strengthen when everyone works together during challenging times. Sponsors: P, R, 8

  25. E106

    106. Trumpet Afternoon

    Ernie blows his trumpet, creating loud and sometimes off-key notes that bother the residents. Various characters react to the trumpet sounds throughout the afternoon. Despite the noise challenges, the episode celebrates music and Ernie's enthusiasm for his instrument. Sponsors: I, N, 10

  26. E105

    105. Oscar tries a tongue twister

    Oscar attempts to say a difficult tongue twister but struggles with the tricky words and pronunciations. Others try as well, and they all laugh at their failed attempts. The episode shows how challenging tongue twisters can be while celebrating good humor about the difficulty. Sponsors: B, L, 7

  27. E104

    104. Hooper's Store gets a new door

    David and the residents prepare to replace the old door at Hooper's Store with a new one. The installation process involves several characters helping with measurements and setup. This event becomes a community project where everyone contributes to improving the store. Sponsors: H, N, 6

  28. E103

    103. Carlos goes on a Grouch tour

    Carlos is guided through a special tour of the Grouch neighborhood by Oscar and other Grouches. He learns about Grouch culture, values, and way of life as they show him around. The tour reveals what makes Grouches unique and different from other residents. Sponsors: F, H, 5

  29. E102

    102. Forgetful forgets how to read signs

    Forgetful Jones encounters various signs around Sesame Street but can't remember what they mean or how to read them. Others help him understand what different signs communicate. This episode emphasizes the importance of reading and understanding written information in daily life. Sponsors: F, I, 4

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

    A standard episode featuring various street scenes and educational segments with the regular cast. Daily activities and lessons are taught through character interactions. The residents help each other and learn together. Sponsors: T, U, 11

  31. E100

    100. A day with Geri Jewell

    Guest star Geri Jewell spends a day on Sesame Street interacting with the residents and characters. She participates in games, songs, and activities, bringing her unique perspective and energy. Through her presence, the episode teaches lessons about inclusion and friendship. Sponsors: D, I, 2

  32. E99

    99. The Sesame Street Pet Show

    The residents organize a pet show where various animals and creatures are displayed and celebrated. Characters bring their pets and discuss what makes each one special. The show becomes a fun community event where everyone participates and learns about different animals. Sponsors: G, J, 12

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

    A brief episode with minimal scenes featuring everyday interactions on Sesame Street. The residents conduct their normal routines while educational content is woven into their activities. Sponsors: C, P, 11

  34. E97

    97. The Big Sesame Street Breakfest

    The residents of Sesame Street gather for a special breakfast celebration where various foods are shared. Big Bird and others enjoy different breakfast items and talk about nutrition. The community comes together to enjoy a meal and spend time with friends. Sponsors: M, R, 10

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

    Various street scenes play out involving the residents of Sesame Street as they go about their day-to-day activities. Educational segments are interspersed showing letters, numbers, and counting exercises. Characters teach valuable lessons through their interactions and conversations. Sponsors: J, P, 6

  36. E95

    95. Superbird / Miss Trump dances

    Superbird emerges to help someone in need while Gordon and another character discuss a current situation. Miss Trump arrives on Sesame Street and dances to show the residents how to move to music. Her infectious enthusiasm gets the residents to dance along with her in celebration. Sponsors: E, M, 8

  37. E94

    94. Break dancing; Maria's life story

    A segment features break dancing as kids demonstrate the energetic street dance style. Maria tells her life story to the Martians, explaining how she came to live and work on Sesame Street, sharing memories of her past. The Martians listen intently to her narrative about her background and journey. Sponsors: E, R, 7

  38. E93

    93. Snuffy joins the Grouchketeers

    Oscar checks with Snuffleupagus to see if he wants to join the Grouchketeers club, listing various Grouch requirements and attitudes. Snuffy decides he'd like to be a member, though he's not naturally grouch-like. The Grouchketeers try teaching Snuffy how to be properly grouchy, but his gentle nature prevents him from succeeding at their typical behaviors. Sponsors: L, Q, 12

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

    Gordon and Bob discuss letters of recommendation while Bob worries he's not qualified to write one. Big Bird finds three things in his nest that start with the letter H and presents them to the viewers. Oscar shares his Grouch wisdom about avoiding doing dishes by using paper plates, while Maria and Luis play a guessing game identifying pictures of objects. Sponsors: D, H, 2

  40. E91

    91. Telly tries to draw Oscar

    Oscar finds Telly attempting to draw a portrait of him from the real Oscar's descriptions, but everything comes out wrong as they have conflicting perspectives. Big Bird and Snuffy sing a song about friendship and loyalty. Later, Oscar and Telly watch a film about drawing, and Telly appreciates Oscar's honesty about his appearance despite harsh descriptions. Sponsors: R, W, 7

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

    Telly wasn't ready for the viewer's arrival and wanted to surprise them with a poem, so he frantically asks Bob for a word that rhymes with "street." Luis tries finishing a birthday card to his cousin while hiding from Elmo, who always wants to play. Forgetful Jones greets Telly as "Silly Monster," prompting Telly to correct him, and Forgetful apologizes for forgetting his real name. Sponsors: V, W, 3

  42. E89

    89. Gordon agrees to visit Snuffy's cave

    Buster the Horse greets Gladys the Cow as his sister, but Gladys protests with a song about how they're different while horses sing about similarities. Maria finds Gladys practicing her role as a cat for a stage production of "Cat on a Hot Tin Roof." Big Bird asks Gordon and Olivia to write permission for a sleepover at Snuffy's cave, and Gordon helps Big Bird pack, confused to find his own name on the list. Sponsors: U, V, 2

  43. E88

    88. The Martians cause trouble for Big Bird

    A spaceship lands on Sesame Street and pink and orange Martians emerge, exploring the Fix-It Shop where they mistake Maria's computer for something to break. They also destroy a clock that Maria blames on Big Bird, angering him. The Martians hide in Big Bird's nest to hatch an egg, while Big Bird gets blamed and Bob discovers mismatched socks, Oscar leaves Irvine with Micki and Piri for babysitting. Sponsors: T, U, 12

  44. E87

    87. Episode 87

    Big Bird teaches Mr. Snuffleupagus the difference between "here" and "there" through song. Maria discusses various hats with the kids, while hatless Forgetful Jones tries to describe a particular hat he can't quite remember. The group plays a counting game with buttons, though Forgetful initially counts his own buttons multiple times until Maria helps the kids count their own. Sponsors: S, T, 11

  45. E86

    86. Forgetful Jones writes a book

    Oscar creates a list of things he's not going to do and wonders what he's forgotten to avoid. Oscar teaches the Grouchketeers Spanish vocabulary they should never use, like "muchas gracias." Forgetful Jones borrows a hammer and nail for writing but gets pencil and paper instead, then completes a book titled "What I Remember" that Bob and Linda read and translate into sign language. Sponsors: O, S, 9

  46. E85

    85. Telly becomes a firefighter

    Oscar gathers all his "friends" for a club photo, cramming them closer and closer together for the shot. Luis explains the parts of a toy fire engine to Telly, who immediately dreams of becoming a firefighter. After putting on a helmet and getting a small extinguisher, Telly discovers he must wait for people to call for help rather than solicit for work, and learns that real firefighters require training and education. Sponsors: A, Z, 12

  47. E84

    84. Episode 84

    Maria and Luis receive a postcard from Forgetful Jones on vacation, featuring humorous descriptions of his misadventures with biking and roller skating. Telly asks street people like Oscar, Big Bird, and kids for a word beginning with the letter Y in a "Monster on the Spot" segment. Oscar declares X is the best letter for crossing out things Grouches don't like, while Telly complains about his warm jacket to Maria. Sponsors: X, Y, 8

  48. E83

    83. Slimey helps at the Fix-It Shop / Telly's magic words

    Slimey joins Maria at the Fix-It Shop but struggles to help with large repairs until Micki arrives with a deflated basketball that needs patching. Maria fixes the ball while noting how helpful Slimey has become and mentions the squeaky front door. Telly hides behind a crate and challenges Maria and Tanya to enter his "winner's circle" by saying special magic words. Sponsors: O, X, 7

  49. E82

    82. Telly gets angry with Luis

    Telly shows Big Bird his early marble collection in a jar, but when Big Bird tries to look closer, his wing gets stuck inside. Luis and kids find hidden letter As hidden within an ocean picture. Forgetful Jones returns to Hooper's Store moments after eating, ordering lunch again as if nothing happened, while Telly grows angry when Luis breaks his promise to play ball in the park. Sponsors: A, O, 6

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

    Uncle Wally greets Bob while holding an invisible dog on a gag leash, complete with trick demonstrations. Oscar plans to surprise Wally with a spring-loaded snake candy can, but Wally outwits him and uses it on Bob instead. Zoey helps Forgetful Jones identify lunch items and a book, while Bob, Telly, and Gordon invite Big Bird to join their baseball game. Sponsors: J, Z, 5

Season 17

1985 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 40 years ago

Sesame Street Season 17 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Big Bird makes a decision

    Big Bird brings a live chicken named Edwina to the Fix-It Shop. He explains to Luis that things have gotten slow on her farm and she's looking for a new job. Bob finds Forgetful Jones by the bus stop, only he doesn't remember what he's doing there. Sponsors: L, R, 10

  2. E129

    129. Elmo and Big Bird play with a sleeping Barkley

    Big Bird and Elmo intend to play with Barkley, but he's fast asleep. Elmo darts off, inspired to make a game that won't involve waking him up. Elmo returns with some paper and a pencil. His idea is to interpret what Barkley does in his sleep and turn it into a story. Sponsors: F, Z, 11

  3. E128

    128. Oscar's "New School for Grouch Research"

    A cheerful young lady named Amelia Adams (Teri Garr) applies to attend Oscar's New School for Grouch Research. Oscar calls his school to session, and asks his students what a Grouch would say if a neighbor stopped by their trash can. Sponsors: M, T, 6

  4. E127

    127. Leo's street party

    Gordon comes across Dexter juggling in the yard and wishes he can juggle as well as he can. Telly has caught word that Leo the Party Monster is throwing a dance party, but has a big worry - he doesn't know how to party. Leo tries teaching him some of his moves and recommends he practice. Sponsors: B, E, 3

  5. E126

    126. Important reports from Telly

    As Gordon prepares some breakfast, Telly interrupts the action with a Monster on the Spot message on the word important. The garfish film is interrupted for another report from Telly. He is stationed by the Fix-It Shop door to report on a story so up-to-the-minute that it has yet to even occur. Sponsors: K, O, 8

  6. E125

    125. Making pig calls

    Telly Monster is going to talk to the viewer about the word information. Maria, Big Bird and Luis have a "Rhyme Out." Sponsors: M, Z, 12

  7. E124

    124. Will it sink or will it float?

    As Susan exits 123 Sesame Street carrying some boxes to throw out, Forgetful Jones offers to help, then immediately forgets he did. Telly Monster asks the kids to identify clues on a clothesline hanging over the yard, but when the line moves there's nothing on it. Sponsors: P, R, 4

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

    The Grouchketeers assemble as the audience for The Grouch News, anchored by Oscar the Grouch. He checks in with English correspondent Dwight. Telly comes into the Fix-It Shop with a problem - he's forgotten the name of a new friend he's made, and frets about their next encounter, worried it might cause some animosity. Sponsors: I, J, 4

  9. E122

    122. Itzhak Perlman visits

    Itzhak Perlman and a Honker accompany Placido Flamingo in the tenor aria "Vesti la giubba" from Pagliacci. Piri kicks his soccer ball toward Itzhak Perlman in the yard, and he catches it. Sponsors: I, L, 9

  10. E121

    121. Big Bird and the scarecrow

    Up on the roof of 123 Sesame Street, Gordon, Susan, and Maria finish work on a scarecrow for the rooftop garden. Big Bird drops by and asks to be introduced to their new friend. Telly happens by the group, as Big Bird asks him to help him pack; he wants to leave Sesame Street if this is how the adults are going to treat his kind. Sponsors: F, O, 6

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

    Maria introduces Snuffy to Baby Natasha, whom she's watching while her mother is away. Elmo stops by the Fix-It Shop and plays his latest game. He packs his make-believe suitcase for a make-believe trip to his granny's, making sure to get a "goodbye hug" from Luis before he goes. Sponsors: C, G, 12

  12. E119

    119. Oscar meets Rachel the artist

    Big Bird greets Susan, Maria and Barkley before checking out what Bob is up to. Bob is listening to an opera on the radio and Big Bird imagines if everyone sang instead of speaking. Maria stands still as Rachel, an artist, paints her portrait. Oscar enjoys Rachel's stained overalls and bossy attitude as she tells Maria to sit still. Sponsors: Q, T, 10

  13. E118

    118. Uncle Wally Had a Farm

    Uncle Wally emerges from his apartment, dressed in overalls and a straw hat. Uncle Wally plants the seeds in the dirt. He discovers one left in the package, but he has no room to plant it, nor any place else he can put it. Sponsors: I, J, 11

  14. E117

    117. Forgetful's gift for Miles

    Gordon introduces Leo the Party Monster to Miles and demonstrates how he can almost walk, sort of dance, and he's beginning to talk. Placido Flamingo sings "La donna è mobile" with lyrics about opposites with a Honker. Sponsors: E, F, 6

  15. E116

    116. Rubén Blades visits

    Luis tells Big Bird that his friend, singer Rubén Blades, is coming to visit today. Rubén sings "Ayuda" with Piri and the kids, who shout out the title word throughout the song. Sponsors: S, X, 2

  16. E115

    115. Elmo does magic; a blackout happens

    At dusk, Maria observes the many sounds coming from her neighbors: Gordon vacuuming, Bob listening to his records, and Luis using a drill inside the Fix-It Shop. Maria naturally assumes a blackout has occurred, so she goes inside to call the electric company from the Fix-it Shop landline. Sponsors: U, Y, 7

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

    Oscar the Grouch warns Chip and Dip to stay away from his trash can, but it only prompts them to sing a song about how they are the same with the exception of their voices. Slimey helps out at the Fix-It Shop when Maria and Luis hear a loud, growling sound. The two assume it's the other's stomach growling, but it turns out to be tiny Slimey's stomach. Sponsors: O, W, 8

  18. E113

    113. Uncle Wally returns

    Telly explains to Susan and Gordon that he's waiting at the bus stop for Uncle Wally to arrive. When the bus does arrive, Telly is so fixated on the sign that he doesn't notice that Uncle Wally has passed him until it's too late. Sponsors: P, U, 3

  19. E112

    112. Telly loses Cool

    Telly shows Maria that he's taking care of Piri's dog Cool while he's off downtown. Maria and some kids draw pictures of dogs to hang around Sesame Street, hoping it will help Telly find Cool. Sponsors: A, V, 4

  20. E111

    111. The case of the missing round objects

    Big Bird delivers detective-style narration over scenes of the street, claiming today was just like any other day. Big Bird finds Maria about to play tennis, but her three tennis balls disappear behind their backs one by one. Sponsors: C, S, 6

  21. E110

    110. Wynton Marsalis visits

    At nighttime, Hoots the Owl meets up with fellow jazz musician Wynton Marsalis. Wynton says that "N" begins the word "note," and Hoots names the different kind of musical notes there are as demonstrated by Wynton and his trumpets. Sponsors: N, Y, 4

  22. E109

    109. Telly discusses "information"

    Telly displays a sign that reads "INFORMATION" so he can give an explanation of what the word means. Buster the Horse, Desiree, and Bjorn concoct a trick to play on Bob. Buster asks him and the kids to repeat various neighs and whinnies that he makes. Sponsors: Q, Z, 10

  23. E108

    108. Maria and Grundgetta go shoe shopping

    Maria tells the viewer that she's going shopping downtown. Grundgetta guesses what she's going to be shopping for, which turns out to be shoes. At the shoe store, quirky saleswoman Edith Prickley (Andrea Martin) tries to find the right size shoe, hopeful she'll make a sale as it's her first day on the job. Sponsors: A, S, 2

  24. E107

    107. Big Bird’s information booth

    Big Bird, taking a cue from “Ask Oscar,” sets up an information booth with a sign that reads “telephone. Mr. Snuffleupagus stops by Big Bird’s booth and asks if he can call his mommy on the telephone. Sponsors: C, D, 12

  25. E106

    106. A hot day on Sesame Street

    Maria welcomes the viewer as she fans herself with a magazine, upset by the extreme heat today. Oscar calls her over and shows her the new Grouch fan he installed above his trash can. Oscar stops Luis as he passes by and offers him a glass of water to beat the heat, no jokes or tricks. Luis skeptically takes a sip and is pleased it's normal. Sponsors: H, N, 11

  26. E105

    105. Phone books

    Forgetful Jones can't remember Buster the Horse's telephone number, so Luis (taking a break from repairing the window of Gordon and Susan's apartment) looks it up in a telephone book. Daniella goes to Hooper's Store and wants to call someone, so David shows her how a phone book works. It turns out she only needed the book as a footstool... she knew the number already. Sponsors: W, Z, 10

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

    At the library, Telly Monster looks for a book called The Book of Trees. Micki helps him look in the section it should be in, but it's not there. Maria finishes painting a chair for Mrs. Osborne when Elmo comes by, eager to play a game. Maria proposes a guessing game where Elmo must figure out where her WET PAINT sign must go. Sponsors: M, Q, 9

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

    Maria has just finished making a small table to give to Linda for her birthday. Telly comes by with a potted plant and asks Maria to build him a table to put it on. Buster the Horse greets Oscar and remarks that he looks rather slovenly, a word Oscar has never heard before. Buster explains it and gives various synonyms which are new to Oscar as well. Sponsors: O, T, 8

  29. E102

    102. Gordon plays the flute

    Big Bird and Elmo surprise Snuffy with an "abierto" sign on the door to Big Bird's nest. They sing "Abierto to You" to Snuffy, who informs them it’s not his birthday. Big Bird, Justin, Betsy, and Carese play with blocks on the work table outside the Fix-it Shop, when Maria needs to use the table. They put the blocks back in the boxes that have a matching shape. Sponsors: B, K, 7

  30. E101

    101. Oscar and the Grouchketeers read

    Oscar quizzes the Grouchketeers on opposites, namely ones that pertain to Grouches (being dirty instead of clean, loud instead of quiet, etc.). Oscar leads David and the Grouchketeers in a reading lesson using a Grouch newspaper. Sponsors: F, X, 6

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

    Big Bird gets up early in the morning and encounters a sleepy Hoots the Owl who is too tired to play with Big Bird. Oscar visits Gordon as he finishes feeding Miles his lunch. He enjoys watching Gordon clean up the messy baby, thinking Miles would rather be dirty than clean. Sponsors: R, U, 4

  32. E99

    99. Gordon and Bob play Birdketeers

    Big Bird asks the viewer not to touch that dial and hums a game show fanfare as he announces that it's time for... Gordon steps out of 123 Sesame Street to rake up some fallen leaves when he hears Telly yelling in front of Oscar's trash can. Sponsors: E, R, 3

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

    Oscar objects to Gordon sweeping in front of his trash can. Gordon says Oscar doesn't own the sidewalk, so he won't stop sweeping. Big Bird, Piri, and some kids make a tower out of some boxes, stacking them in order of size. Sponsors: L, P, 2

  34. E97

    97. The Earthworm's Book of Magic

    Maria and David stand by as Slimey reads "The Earthworm's Book of Magic. Oscar tells Linda and Bob to scram now that they've gotten a chance to see an embiggened Slimey. Buster drops by and calls him enormous, prompting a warning from Oscar not to call him names. Sponsors: I, L, 12

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

    Telly is decked out in weather gear of all kinds. As soon as Telly heads for home, it begins to snow on Bob. Sponsors: G, M, 5

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

    Mr. Snuffleupagus asks Big Bird and Elmo to watch Mr. Anteloper for him for awhile, telling them his toy really likes being in somebody's lap. Linda shows Maria, Snuffy, and the kids signs for things all around them like an airplane in the sky or the steps of the garage. Sponsors: D, H, 11

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

    Big Bird notices Gordon bouncing baby Miles on his lap in the yard when he asks Gordon to play. Gordon explains to Big Bird that he can't play at the moment because he's busy playing with Miles. David is reading a newspaper outside of Hooper's while Elmo watches him on the newsstand. Elmo asks if he can borrow the newspaper, and David assumes he wants it for cutouts or origami. Sponsors: E, F, 10

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

    At dusk, Oscar shows Luis and the kids a demonstration of how the Earth revolves around the sun, using a large apple as the Earth (with Slimey inside) and a flashlight as the sun, which Luis operates. Bob encounters Oscar arguing with Telly about whether nighttime is a happy time or a sad time. Oscar gives his reasons why it’s a happy time, and Telly gives his reasons why it’s. Sponsors: D, G, 8

  39. E92

    92. Slimey's movie

    Maria, Elmo, and the kids find Shelley the Turtle sitting next to Oscar's trash can. Oscar is still trying to lead the turtle out of its shell, but has no luck when Maria comes by to check on his progress. Sponsors: B, T, 7

  40. E91

    91. Elmo's rhyming game

    Elmo enters the Fix-It Shop where Luis is busy fixing a clock. Luis asks, "What's new?" which prompts Elmo to fetch a shoe. Luis has tried to stop Elmo from playing his rhyming game, but each response has been met with yet another rhyming object (all piled inside the store). Sponsors: I, V, 6

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

    Bob sings "I Sing It" to the kids. Susan wearily returns home from a long day at work, ready to hit the sack early. She notices a tiny bed next to Oscar's trash can and wonders what it's doing there. Sponsors: B, F, 5

  42. E89

    89. Big Bird and Snuffy help at the library

    While planning to clean out his nest, Big Bird realizes he needs to return some books to the library, so he and Snuffy walk on over before it closes. Linda and Teresa give Big Bird and Snuffy a little test to see how well they can help out in the library: they have to sort four books. Sponsors: J, Y, 4

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

    Big Bird walks up to Susan and the kids on the stoop of 123 Sesame Street, wanting to show them a new trick where he can make a rhyme for any part of the body. Big Bird is still trying to think of a rhyme for "elbow," leading to a montage of him pondering all around the street in frustration. Sponsors: V, Y, 3

  44. E87

    87. Telly prepares to visit Granny Monster

    David procures 12 ping-pong balls for Telly. He asks why Telly would need so many, and Telly begins his lengthy explanation: he's going to visit his Granny Monster, who has a ping-pong table at home. Telly needs a suitcase for his trip and David has already gotten him a big one, but it's not big enough. David appears with a bigger suitcase, which still isn't big enough. Sponsors: A, Z, 12

  45. E86

    86. Snuffy wants to be a cabbie / Telly is Oscar's dog

    Snuffy greets Big Bird in the yard wearing a cap and speaking with a New Jersey accent. Snuffy has decided that since taxi cabs cost a lot of money (and he only has 75¢), he's going to carry people around on his back. Sponsors: A, C, 12

  46. E85

    85. Forgetful Jones joins the Birdketeers

    At Hooper's Store, Forgetful Jones struggles to remember some important information, but he succeeds: he remembers to say "Howdy" to the viewer, the street's name, his name, and that he's supposed to . Forgetful is excited about remembering the previous sketch, even though he was wrong about there being a boat in it. "That's why they call me Remembering Jones," he says. Sponsors: A, S, 2

  47. E84

    84. Big Bird wants Bob to hear his song

    Bob welcomes the viewer and gives Oscar a cheerful morning greeting. Oscar is sick of the peace around him and hopes an argument will occur soon. Telly is taking care of a baby Honker, who won't stop crying. Sponsors: B, P, 6

  48. E83

    83. Luis cleans up Big Bird's nest

    Luis has a board with three drawings of animals on it. Luis discovers the mess in Big Bird's nest, and he decides to clean it up himself to show Big Bird he cares. He comes across a glued mass of craft supplies, and throws it away assuming it's trash. Sponsors: A, W, 10

  49. E82

    82. Piri learns to play guitar

    Maria welcomes the viewer from the yard, where Telly and the kids are writing their own stories today. Maria encounters Oscar, who is watching Slimey take a picture of his pet slug, Sluggy. Maria finds Sluggy repulsive, and Oscar tells her everything he knows about slugs. Sponsors: C, N, 9

  50. E81

    81. The Two-Headed Monster Writes a Story

    The Count and Gordon count all the body parts on Miles, which add up to "one fine, wonderful, beautiful baby boy." Gladys the Cow feels incensed when she finds Elmo trying to act like her. He claims they're the same, and Gladys is quick to point out the obvious physical differences. Sponsors: N, O, 8

Season 18

1986 · 31 episodes · Last episode: 39 years ago

Sesame Street Season 18 release dates → +26 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E31

    31. Elmo Names His Doll After David (2256)

    Finale Air date TBA
  2. E13

    13. Episode 13

    The Sesame Street Pet Show (repeat from Season 16).

  3. Sesame Street S18 E8 still E8

    8. Episode 8

    Linda's friend Ed visits.

  4. E5

    5. Episode 5

  5. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 19

1987 · 33 episodes · Last episode: 38 years ago

Sesame Street Season 19 release dates → +25 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E130

    130. Episode 2485 - Maria and Luis' Wedding

    Finale
  2. E126

    126. Episode 126

    Don Music's Song Of AMOR / Elmo Goes "Swimming"

  3. E44

    44. 2399 - Ronald Grump builds the Grump Tower

    Ronald Grump, the Grouch building tycoon, approaches Oscar with a new idea - a two-story can-dominium called "Grump Tower." In exchange for Oscar giving up his property to build the tower, Grump gives him a spot in the tower, as well as three bags of trash. Maria thinks it's a rotten deal, which only encourages Oscar further.

  4. E31

    31. Visit to the Bronx Zoo

  5. E30

    30. Episode 30

  6. E29

    29. Episode 29

  7. E28

    28. Episode 28

  8. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 20

1988 · 33 episodes · Last episode: 37 years ago

Sesame Street Season 20 release dates → +20 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E130

    130. Episode 2615 - Birth of Gabriela

    Finale
  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

    Maria goes into labor.

  3. Sesame Street S20 E47 still E47

    47. Eipsode 2598

    Loud talker Guy Smiley goes on safari and scares off the animals. A classic skit staring Ernie as "Old King Cole". The Two-Headed Monster sings a lullaby to itself. Snuffy writes a love letter to his grandmother. Mumford's magic trick accidentally shrinks David. Ernie hosts an arboreal fashion show.

  4. E30

    30. Episode 30

  5. E25

    25. Episode 25

  6. E20

    20. Episode 20

    Legendary chanteuse Lena Horne and Grover perform a duet about not being shy. "Monsterpiece Theater" presents "Alibaba and the 40 Thieves". The classic "Plants Need Water" and the "Invention of the Raisin" animations. Placido Flamingo stages a Sesame Street Opera. Kermit the Frog reports on the Three Little Pigs live for "Sesame Street News". Soap opera spoofs of "All My Children" and "Another School".

  7. E18

    18. Episode 18

    An early Elmo meets Bob's deaf friend and learns to say "hello" in sign language. A classic skit of Phil Harmonic and Placido Flamingo live from the Nestropolitan Opera. A vintage animation of Gerald's dog, Sparky, re-imagined as an alligator. The Honkers play "Mary Had a Little Lamb" on their noses.

  8. E15

    15. Episode 15

    Maria and the Fat Blue man.

  9. E14

    14. Episode 14

    Telly’s birthday party.

  10. E11

    11. Episode 11

    Grammy Award winner Bobby McFerrin sings ABCs with Hoots the Owl. The Two-Headed Monster learns to blow bubbles. Maria and Luis try to reminisce about their wedding. Betty Lou sings the "Amigo" song. "Sesame Street News" correspondent Kermit the Frog reports on London Fog. Ernie and Bert leaky faucet skit. Cookie Monster sings about subtraction. Placido Flamingo performs a "Lost Toy Opera" with Big Bird.

  11. Sesame Street S20 E10 still E10

    10. Episode 10

    Luis and his old chair.

  12. Sesame Street S20 E9 still E9

    9. Episode 9

    Gordon has a headache.

  13. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 21

1989 · 36 episodes · Last episode: 36 years ago

Sesame Street Season 21 release dates → +28 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E74

    74. Fire at 123 (part 1)

  2. E72

    72. The Golden Cabbage of Snufertiti

  3. E64

    64. Big Bird listens

  4. E63

    63. Big Bird's gift for Luis

  5. Sesame Street S21 E59 still E59

    59. Episode 59

    Finale

    Big Bird and Snuffy play games and Elmo sleeps over (repeat from Season 19).

  6. E7

    7. Episode 7

    Shelley is afraid of Barkley

  7. E6

    6. Episode 6

    A baby book for Alice

  8. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 22

1990 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 35 years ago

Sesame Street Season 22 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. La Grouchiata

    Placido Flamingo presents two candidates for the lead role in his new opera, "La Grouchiata" - Grundgetta and world-famous opera singer Wilhelmenia Fernandez. The two must audition first before he can decide who the role should go to. Sponsors: I, M, 15

  2. E129

    129. A day at Birdland

    Telly interrupts the opening sequence wanting to go to Birdland. Susan, Gordon, Miles, and some kids happen to be going there. Hoots welcomes everyone and introduces conductor Duck Ellington and the Sesame Street All-Animal Jazz Ensemble, with special guest Wynton Marsalis on trumpet. Sponsors: L, Q, 19

  3. E128

    128. Barkley's lost ball

    Bob and Linda watch as Barkley plays with his favorite ball, which is all chewed up given how much Barkley loves it. Bob accidentally tosses it over the doors to Big Bird's nest, where another dog grabs it and leaves before Barkley gets there. Sponsors: K, O, 12

  4. E127

    127. Ticklish lectures with Telly Monster

    Telly, Rameek, and Katie welcome the viewer and demonstrate things one can do with their fingers. They show how they can wiggle, point, and tickle. Slimey and the Worm Scouts join Telly and the kids in a lecture on the letter T. Sponsors: V, T, 0

  5. E126

    126. The Grand High Triangle Lover visits Telly

    Uncle Wally welcomes the viewer when Telly rushes in to inform him that the Grand High Triangle Lover - president of the Triangle Lovers Club - is coming to Sesame Street today! Telly doesn't know the reason for the visit, but a royal fanfare plays as the GHTL arrives with his assistant Norman. Sponsors: A, C, 1

  6. E125

    125. City-wide water shortage

    Gordon, Telly, Big Bird, and Mr. Handford see the latest newspaper headline in Hooper's Store - "WATER SHORTAGE IN CITY." Mr. Handford turns on the TV to see if there's anything in the news about it. Sponsors: R, W, 15

  7. E124

    124. Slimey and the Worm Scouts

    Gordon encounters Slimey and the Worm Scouts in the midst of a hike. The worms have a problem when they are unable to get from one crate to another, and Gordon thinks of some possible ways they can do it. Slimey points to Gordon's science book, which they use as a bridge to get across. Sponsors: C, T, 5

  8. E123

    123. Grundgetta refuses to talk to Oscar

    Oscar is disgusted by the bouquet of flowers Mike has gotten for Gina. He claims if he ever gave those to Grundgetta, she'd never speak to him again. Gina is happy to receive them and invites herself on Mike's jog. Sponsors: F, Q, 14

  9. E122

    122. Elmo fills in for Little Jerry

    Elmo observes Mike talking with rock stars Big Jeffie and Little Chrissy, who will be performing at Mike's high school dance tonight. However, lead singer Little Jerry has caught the chicken pox and can't perform, meaning they'll have to cancel. Mike suggests he could fill in. Sponsors: K, L, 6

  10. E121

    121. Telly the clown / Baby Bear's broken chair

    Telly shows Uncle Wally his clown costume and claims he'll be a clown one day, only he can't do anything funny. Uncle Wally recalls his time as a young adult working at the circus and teaches Telly what he learned from watching the clowns. Sponsors: B, J, 3

  11. E120

    120. Elmo's STOP sign

    Maria finds Elmo yelling "Stop!" over and over again. Elmo claims to be practicing his stopping ability and shows Maria what he can do. Maria is impressed with Elmo's skills. Sponsors: K, N, 9

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

    Gina discovers Oscar's discarded "NO" sign left in Hooper's Store from this morning and asks Elmo to bring it to his trash can. Elmo is eager to take on the task. Elmo climbs up the can and hangs on, then gives a few knocks. Sponsors: A, M, 16

  13. E118

    118. The story of "The Grouches Who Lost All Their Pickles"

    As the meeting begins, Telly starts to weep at just the title of the storybook: The Grouches Who Lost All Their Pickles. He knows how much Grouches love to eat pickles, and the thought of them running out makes him and the Grouchketeers sad. Oscar says the book could have a positive ending. Sponsors: S, T, 13

  14. E117

    117. Savion gives tap lessons

    Savion gives a lesson to Mike and Alex, who want to know how they can be just as good. Savion begins rapping about the importance of practice. Mike and Alex tap off to the library as Savion’s next student arrives – Linda, who brings Barkley. Sponsors: F, X, 17

  15. E116

    116. Big Bird yells "TOOTHPASTE!"

    Big Bird interrupts Jelani and Gordon's lesson to explain why he's saying "TOOTHPASTE!" Today's letter is F, and kids use toothpaste to brush their teeth; when their baby teeth fall out, the tooth fairy collects them - and fairy starts with the letter F! Sponsors: F, Q, 10

  16. E115

    115. Elmo's imagination hat

    Elmo claims that he can imagine anything when he wears his hat. While Elmo is thinking of what to imagine next, Mike stops by to pick him up for their bike ride in the park today. Elmo decides to imagine some more after the bike ride. Sponsors: B, D, 2

  17. E114

    114. Elmo borrows Radar from Big Bird

    Savion plays a rhyming game with the viewer while tap-dancing. Big Bird recites a poem for Gina, Snuffy, Savion, and the kids and they must guess who the subject is. He's someone with them right now, covered in fur, and is cute and small - it's Radar! Sponsors: V, Y, 18

  18. E113

    113. Telly and the brick

    Gina welcomes the viewer when Grundgetta passes by with a wrapped gift, intended as a surprise for Telly. Since it's something he isn't expecting, he wonders what it could be and makes wild guesses. He opens the wrapping and finds only a brick inside. Sponsors: P, R, 20

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

    Bob watches over Barkley while Linda paints her kitchen. Barkley is feeling very sad, though. The Amazing Mumford happens by and has a trick that can help improve Barkley's spirit. Sponsors: K, U, 10

  20. E111

    111. Snuffy's Spanish puppet show

    Gina tries to welcome the viewer, but is interrupted by Telly. He's imagining he's going to the beach and needs Gina to make sure he's planned properly. Once he makes it to "the beach," he immediately leaves because of the cold water and hot sand. Sponsors: G, I, 12

  21. E110

    110. Tim Robbins stars in Prairie Dawn's pageant

    Tim Robbins arrives on Sesame Street, and Big Bird and Snuffy try to guess who he's looking for. It's Prairie Dawn. When she shows up he becomes star-struck, mentioning some of his favorite Prairie Dawn pageants, and she invites him to watch the rehearsal of her newest production. Sponsors: J, Z, 19

  22. E109

    109. Playing football / Meet Merry Monster

    Elmo excitedly shows Oscar the globe he was just given by his daddy. He wants to travel the world and has Oscar spin the globe and point to a location he can go. Elmo lands on Tonga and Oscar is glad to see him leave, only Elmo returns moments later and leaps onto the globe. Sponsors: E, U, 7

  23. E108

    108. Telly and Oscar write

    Oscar is weary of hearing the "Sesame Street Theme" every day and wishes they'd come up with something better. Telly happens to have a composition ready and sings a song all about saying "Hi." Oscar reads Telly a book he's written to combat all the nice stories they always hear. Sponsors: C, W, 11

  24. E107

    107. Elmo pretends to be a Grouch

    Elmo tells Maria that today, he wants to learn how to be a Grouch for a day. Oscar refuses to help, constantly replying "NO" and waving a sign with the word. Maria doesn't think Oscar would even be able to teach Elmo; Oscar feels insulted and decides to teach Elmo some Grouch things. Sponsors: O, S, 17

  25. E106

    106. Natasha crawls away

    Natasha's father, Humphrey, has to go to the store and leaves Natasha in Maria’s care at the Fix-It Shop. He warns her that Natasha has just learned to crawl, and will do so all over the place if not in someone’s watchful eye. As Maria prepares Natasha’s milk, Natasha slips out of her high chair. Sponsors: H, O, 15

  26. E105

    105. Savion collects used shoes

    Savion is collecting old shoes for his school, which will be refurbished and donated to those in need. He picks out a small pair of tap shoes, which were his very first pair. He flashes back to his time as a child in dance class. Sponsors: A, L, 16

  27. E104

    104. Elmo plays "Three of These Things"

    Big Bird looks in his mailbox, and to his surprise he finds a square. He goes outside to find out who it belongs to, and finds that Mike and Maria also have squares of their own which they got in the mail. Telly shows up, displaying the triangle he got in the mail, which confuses them further. Sponsors: J, O, 13

  28. E103

    103. Elmo and friends play Wubbaball

    Big Bird and Jelani welcome the viewer when Elmo comes rushing in. He tells them and the kids about what just happened to him involving some blue monsters and a Wubbaball. Big Bird tries to get him to clarify what a "Wubbaball" is, but Elmo cuts him off as he starts his story. Sponsors: C, P, 7

  29. E102

    102. Savion teaches tap dancing

    Prairie Dawn plays the opening theme on her piano while Savion tap-dances in the yard. He has her play it slow, then fast, then in a fast jazzy style. Savion likes her playing, and says she can play for his class any time; likewise, Prairie invites him to tap for her piano any time. Sponsors: A, I, 8

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

    Maria introduces the word "WET." She tries to describe it, but is interrupted by others who remark how hot the weather is today. Maria writes the word "HOT" on the other side of her card, noting that when it's hot out it feels nice to get "WET." She's then doused with water. Sponsors: H, Q, 12

  31. E100

    100. The Adventures of Super Telly!

    Luis greets the viewer when Telly runs past, clad in a red cape and exclaiming "Whoosh!" Today, he's imagining he's "Super Telly," the monster who never worries. He doesn't even worry when Luis questions the fanfare that's following him, but briefly breaks character to question the color of his cape. Sponsors: 3, D, B

  32. E99

    99. Peck at Birdland

    Big Bird reads a large sign posted in the yard for Elmo and the Birdketeers, advertising a "Peck" this afternoon at Birdland. He demonstrates to Elmo how birds peck, and Susan can even do it too and plans to go. At Birdland, Hoots the Owl shows off the pieces of his new dance floor for the peck tonight. Sponsors: G, L, 5

  33. E98

    98. Elmo wants to go miniature golfing

    Gina gushes to the viewer about the tape of the opera La Bohème she watched late last night. She then attends to Wolfgang the Seal's fish needs in the yard and finds herself falling asleep. She dreams herself in a Victorian opera setting, where a well-dressed Wolfgang sings about fish. Sponsors: B, Z, 10

  34. E97

    97. Telly and the balloon

    Monster on the Spot reporter Telly interviews twins Shawnee and Chai about how they are the same and different. He finds that they look the same and both wear their hair in pigtails, but the girls rattle off a seemingly endless list of the ways they're different. Telly is holding onto Uncle Wally's balloon, which Big Bird was doing before until he went to play catch with Miles. Sponsors: R, V, 2

  35. E96

    96. Elmo looks for newspapers to recycle

    Elmo is curious about a large "mountain" of newspapers outside Hooper's Store and why people are adding to it. Gordon points out the sign reading, "Today is Newspaper Recycling Day," and explains why paper needs to be recycled. Elmo is hooked and wants to find some old newspapers to recycle. Sponsors: E, N, 16

  36. E95

    95. Cleaning the vacant lot

    In the vacant lot-turned-garden, everyone is gathered as Oscar and Bruno approach. Susan explains that Mayor David Dinkins will be presenting Gordon with a citizen's award for the work he's done turning the lot into a garden. Sponsors: E, Y, 4

  37. E94

    94. Cleaning the vacant lot

    Gordon confirms with everyone on the plans for a garden in the cleaned up vacant lot. Snuffy, Elmo, and Prairie Dawn volunteer to help plant the vegetable area, marked with a "V" sign. Uncle Wally, Bob, Linda, and Miles will plant flowers in the "F" sections. Sponsors: S, V, 20

  38. E93

    93. Cleaning the vacant lot

    The Pigeon Sisters do some morning strutting and cooing, when Gordon shows off the trash bins the city has provided them. Gordon observes the litter and has a flash of inspiration — they can turn the vacant lot into a garden! He and the pigeons imagine what it'll look like, singing "I See a Garden." Sponsors: F, Q, 17

  39. E92

    92. Cleaning the vacant lot

    The gang makes it to the lot where they meet its residents, Audrey and Louise, the Pigeon Sisters; Oscar takes an instant liking to them. Louise has a big appetite and continues pecking at the sign, mistaking it for a cracker. Audrey helps her read it. Sponsors: C, M, 7

  40. E91

    91. Cleaning the vacant lot

    Gordon plays some football with Oscar, Bruno, and the Grouchketeers. Oscar naturally throws the ball too far and too deep when it lands into a nearby, vacant lot filled with trash and litter. Two pigeons, Audrey and Louise, see the ball, which Louise believes to be a football-sized peanut. Sponsors: A, N, 16

  41. E90

    90. Big Bird's Birthday or Let Me Eat Cake

    The episode features various educational segments and character interactions on Sesame Street. Sponsors:

  42. E89

    89. Open stage night at Birdland

    Before Birdland opens, Hoots the Owl explains that tonight is "Open Stage Night," where anyone can get their chance to perform on the Birdland stage. A man named Forest Wimbeldon (Branford Marsalis) enters looking for Hoots, wishing to play jazz tonight. Hoots sees how un-jazzy his saxophone playing. Sponsors: E, I, 4

  43. E88

    88. Episode 88

    Handford, Mike, the kids, a couple of Honkers, Gordon, Lillian, and Barkley a good morning. Telly and the kids are going to have a picnic in the park and show Gordon all they have to bring - a bullhorn (in case they need to stop some charging bulls), a rubber chicken (in case they find some rubber eggs), and a paper bag. Gordon assumes the bag is for an equally outlandish reason such as a. Sponsors: J, X, 12

  44. E87

    87. Elmo takes tap lessons

    Elmo greets the viewer as he waits for Savion's dance class to begin. He's fully prepared, already wearing his tap shoes, when Savion and Jelani happen by. They inform Elmo that the lesson will be this afternoon, and they have to go to school right now. Sponsors: R, Z, 9

  45. E86

    86. Preston's caps

    The Count asks Susan if he can accompany her on her errands today. She soon realizes he'll be counting every step she takes and tells him she'll be driven crazy. The Count is thrilled and adds her to the total of people he's driven crazy so far (six) before he starts to follow Lillian. Sponsors: P, T, 8

  46. E85

    85. Oscar loses his voice

    At five o'clock in the morning, Oscar practices his yelling for an upcoming Grouch Yelling Contest, where he could win a free trip to Club Mud. Naturally, everyone on the block gets woken up and yells back at Oscar, who suggests they join the competition too. Telly listens in as Oscar continues practicing. Sponsors: A, S, 9

  47. E84

    84. Oscar makes Telly angry

    Telly excitedly rushes over to Oscar's trash can with a football helmet, tennis racket, beach ball, and butterfly net. He rushes out and back to get a tuba Oscar now says he'll need. The "game" turns out to be a trick on Telly, making him bring all the items for nothing. Sponsors: W, K, 6

  48. E83

    83. Telly gets some hair

    The Two-Headed Monster gives Luis his Learn Spanish book and wants to learn a few words. Luis doesn't have the time and picks out a quick, easy word for now - "hola." The monster has trouble saying it until Luis gets each head to say a syllable and blend them together. Telly watches as Lillian plays a game with the kids when Amir's brother comes by to drop him off after getting a haircut. Sponsors: R, Z, 13

  49. E82

    82. Snuffy wants to recycle

    Snuffy wants to recycle his soda can, but points out to Bob that Gordon and Susan's bin doesn't have enough room. Although the bin has plenty of room and there are already some cans inside it, it's too small to accommodate the Snuffleupagus-sized empty can of Snuffle Up. Gabi and the other kids do some recycling of their own with the Hooper's Store bins as Snuffy announces the sponsors. Sponsors: S, W, 19

  50. E81

    81. Experiences with the sky

    As the sun shines, Big Bird plays with his shadow along the construction door wall. He wants to introduce it to Gordon, but Gordon points out that because of a cloud covering the sun now, his shadow is gone. Big Bird assumes that the shadow has left because it's upset that the sun is covered. Sponsors: F, T, 10

Season 23

1991 · 44 episodes · Last episode: 34 years ago

Sesame Street Season 23 release dates → +23 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E72

    72. A day at Bob's

  2. E71

    71. Monty bothers Prairie Dawn

  3. E69

    69. Episode 69

  4. E66

    66. Elmo pretends he's a flower

  5. E60

    60. Oscar uses Disappear-o

  6. E59

    59. A day with Debra

  7. E58

    58. Episode 58

  8. E57

    57. Prairie Dawn hangs out with Snuffy

  9. E56

    56. Episode 56

  10. E52

    52. Oscar's GO sign

  11. E41

    41. Gina babysits Elmo

  12. E37

    37. Slimey's first day at worm school

  13. E35

    35. Episode 35

  14. E34

    34. Baby Bear tries to hide from Goldilocks

  15. E13

    13. Rosita Debuts

    Rosita comes to Sesame Street

  16. E11

    11. Return from Montana

  17. E10

    10. Montana Day 5 - Frances' ceremony

  18. E8

    8. Montana Day 3 - Learning about horses

  19. E7

    7. Montana Day 2 – Arriving in Montana

  20. E6

    6. Montana Day 1 - Preparing to leave

  21. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 24

1992 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 33 years ago

Sesame Street Season 24 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Big Bird and Snuffy have an adventure

    Finale

    Episode #3135

  2. E70

    70. The Magic Conductor’s Kit

    Episode #3075

  3. E69

    69. Vegetable pageant

    Episode #3074

  4. E68

    68. Goldilocks beats Baby Bear

    Episode #3073

  5. E67

    67. Monty's 0 demonstration

    Episode #3072

  6. E66

    66. Joey and Davey Monkey look for BANANAS!

    Episode #3071

  7. E65

    65. Savion's first day of college

    Episode #3070

  8. E64

    64. Prairie Dawn and the pirates

    Episode #3069

  9. E63

    63. Mr. Handford serenades Maria's aunt

    Episode #3068

  10. E62

    62. Oscar bugs Maria; Slimey flies a plane

    Episode #3067

  11. E61

    61. Maria and Luis have family over

    Episode #3066

  12. E60

    60. Monty and the word NO

    Episode #3065

  13. E59

    59. Prairie Dawn is chased by sheep

    Episode #3064

  14. E58

    58. Telly does Gordon a favor

    Episode #3063

  15. E57

    57. Big Bird's cowboy dream

    Episode #3062

  16. E56

    56. The Worm Winter Games

    Episode #3061

  17. E55

    55. Savion helps out at Birdland

    Episode #3060

  18. E54

    54. Natasha can't fall asleep

    Episode #3059

  19. E53

    53. Telly is "Triangle Guy"

    Episode #3058

  20. E52

    52. Mother Goose visits

    Episode #3057

  21. E51

    51. Now it can be told!

    Episode #3056

  22. E50

    50. Snuffy does something important

    Episode #3055

  23. E49

    49. Telly wants to meet Mrs. Grouch

    Episode #3054

  24. E48

    48. Elmo's letter B game

    Episode #3053

  25. E47

    47. Another Snuffle puppet show

    Episode #3052

  26. E46

    46. Telly gets interrupted

    Episode #3051

  27. E45

    45. Noel Cowherd visits (repeat)

    Episode #3050 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2825.

  28. E44

    44. Natasha crawls away (repeat)

    Episode #3049 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2851.

  29. E43

    43. Savion gives tap lessons (repeat)

    Episode #3048 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2862.

  30. E42

    42. Telly hosts "The Wide World of Numbers" (repeat)

    Episode #3047 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2823.

  31. E41

    41. Elmo and the Beanstalk (repeat)

    Episode #3046 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2824.

  32. E40

    40. Maria's friend visits

    Episode #3045

  33. E39

    39. Telly becomes afraid of bread

    Episode #3044

  34. E38

    38. Superhero adventures

    Episode #3043

  35. E37

    37. Telly presents the sponsors

    Episode #3042

  36. E36

    36. Big Bird's feather duster dream

    Episode #3041

  37. E35

    35. Sir John Feelgood visits

    Episode #3040

  38. E34

    34. Martian invasion

    Episode #3039

  39. E33

    33. Chicago feels sad; Pineapple dentist

    Episode #3038

  40. E32

    32. Sonny Friendly and the Home Game

    Episode #3037

  41. E31

    31. The Count's watermelon

    Episode #3036

  42. E30

    30. Elmo's imagination hat (repeat)

    Episode #3035 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2860.

  43. E29

    29. Oscar tells the story of the "Knights of the Broken Table" (repeat)

    Episode #3034 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2776.

  44. E28

    28. A day in the laundry room (repeat)

    Episode #3033 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2751.

  45. E27

    27. Gina buys fish (repeat)

    Episode #3032 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2813.

  46. E26

    26. Telly wants to be like Bob (repeat)

    Episode #3031 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2796.

  47. E25

    25. Oscar loses his voice (repeat)

    Episode #3030 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2830.

  48. E24

    24. Oscar drives Gordon to the basketball game (repeat)

    Episode #3029 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2756.

  49. E23

    23. Elmo takes tap lessons (repeat)

    Episode #3028 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2832.

  50. E22

    22. The Old Woman who Lives in a Shoe's house arrives on Sesame Street (repeat)

    Episode #3027 The main story of this episode is a repeat of episode #2822.

Season 25

1993 · 31 episodes · Last episode: 32 years ago

Sesame Street Season 25 release dates → +28 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E68

    68. 3203

    Finale
  2. E2

    2. Ruthie Dances

  3. E1

    1. Around the Corner

    The new playground around the corner is about to open, so all the kids on Sesame Street are very excited. But the grownups are too busy to come along.

Season 26

1994 · 33 episodes · Last episode: 31 years ago

Sesame Street Season 26 release dates → +27 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E109

    109. Episode 109

    Finale

    Soap opera parodies.

  2. E93

    93. 3358

  3. E92

    92. 3357

  4. E11

    11. Elmo Wants to Tickle Somebody

    Elmo wants to tickle people.

  5. E8

    8. Betty Lou's Dolly loses her head

  6. E1

    1. Episode 1

Season 27

1995 · 32 episodes · Last episode: 30 years ago

Sesame Street Season 27 release dates → +27 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E130

    130. Episode 130

    Finale
  2. E55

    55. Big Bird Wants to Be a Dancer

  3. E5

    5. Snuffy leaves for two days (3530)

    Air date TBA
  4. E2

    2. Maria in the Hospital, Pt. 2 (3527)

    Air date TBA
  5. E1

    1. Maria in the Hospital, Pt. 1 (3526)

Season 28

1996 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 29 years ago

Sesame Street Season 28 release dates → +23 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E123

    123. Zoe makes a snowman

    Telly volunteers to pet sit for Oscar while he visits with his mom

  2. E122

    122. A hot day on Sesame Street (3647)

    Air date TBA
  3. E121

    121. Abelardo Visits (3646)

    Abelardo, Big Bird's cousin from Mexico ("Plaza Sesamo"), comes to visit Sesame Street, but he doesn't speak any English.

  4. Sesame Street S28 E111 still E111

    111. Big Bird's Beach Plans (3636)

    Air date TBA
  5. E101

    101. The Princess and the Stick (3626)

    Air date TBA
  6. E97

    97. Singing a song everyone knows (3622)

    Air date TBA
  7. E94

    94. The "No Talking" game (3619)

    Air date TBA
  8. E91

    91. Pogo Sticking Day (3616)

    Air date TBA
  9. E89

    89. Kerri's birthday party (3614)

    Air date TBA
  10. E87

    87. Oscar wishes for trash (3612)

    Air date TBA
  11. E82

    82. Playing "Gone with the Wind" (3607)

    Air date TBA
  12. E71

    71. How can Telly be in two places at once? (3596)

    Air date TBA
  13. E70

    70. Prairie Dawn is sick before her pageant (3595)

    Air date TBA
  14. E68

    68. Barkley is sick (3593)

    Air date TBA
  15. E66

    66. Baby Bear stops sucking his thumb (3591)

    Air date TBA
  16. E63

    63. Bob and Gordon watch Barkley (3588)

    Air date TBA
  17. E58

    58. Miles' adoption party (3583)

    Air date TBA
  18. E57

    57. Big Bird creates a magazine (3582)

    Air date TBA
  19. E56

    56. Rosita's blue crayon (3581)

    Air date TBA
  20. E51

    51. Dances From All Over Day (3576)

    Air date TBA
  21. E33

    33. Telly and the rubber ball (3558)

    Air date TBA
  22. E32

    32. Elmo's silly wiggle (3557)

    Air date TBA
  23. E28

    28. Zoe is upset with Frazzle (3553)

    Air date TBA
  24. E14

    14. Goldilocks' invitation (3539)

    Air date TBA
  25. E13

    13. Stinky grows a very smelly flower (3538)

    Air date TBA
  26. E8

    8. The Yak Ballet (3533)

    Air date TBA
  27. E7

    7. Frazzle's first day at day care (3532)

    Air date TBA

Season 29

1997 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 28 years ago

Sesame Street Season 29 release dates →
  1. E130

    130. Slimey comes home (3785)

    Finale
  2. E129

    129. Episode 129

  3. E128

    128. Episode 128

  4. E127

    127. Episode 127

  5. E126

    126. Episode 126

  6. E125

    125. Episode 125

  7. E124

    124. Episode 124

  8. E123

    123. Episode 123

  9. E122

    122. Cooperating at day care (3777)

  10. E121

    121. Elmo plays his drum (3776)

  11. E120

    120. Episode 120

  12. E119

    119. Episode 119

  13. E118

    118. Benny goes to Gina's day care (3773)

  14. E117

    117. Episode 117

  15. E116

    116. Elmo gets a boo-boo (3771)

  16. E115

    115. Kingston becomes a journal-writer (3770)

  17. E114

    114. Episode 114

  18. E113

    113. Episode 113

  19. E112

    112. Episode 112

  20. E111

    111. Elmo wants Maria to read his story (3766)

  21. E110

    110. Episode 110

  22. E109

    109. Episode 109

  23. E108

    108. Episode 108

  24. E107

    107. Episode 107

  25. E106

    106. Episode 106

  26. E105

    105. Science On Sesame Street (3760)

  27. E104

    104. Episode 104

  28. E103

    103. Episode 103

  29. E102

    102. Alice's first day at day care (3757)

  30. E101

    101. Episode 101

  31. E100

    100. Episode 100

  32. E99

    99. Episode 99

  33. E98

    98. Episode 98

  34. E97

    97. Episode 97

  35. E96

    96. Episode 96

  36. E95

    95. Episode 95

  37. E94

    94. Episode 94

  38. E93

    93. Episode 93

  39. E92

    92. Episode 92

  40. E91

    91. Episode 91

  41. E90

    90. Episode 90

  42. E89

    89. Grouch Parade on Sesame Street (3744)

  43. E88

    88. Big Bird and Snuffy mail a letter (3743)

  44. E87

    87. Telly doesn't want a Big Bird on him! (3742)

  45. E86

    86. Episode 86

  46. E85

    85. Worm landing on the Moon (3740)

  47. E84

    84. Zoe pretends to be Gina (3739)

  48. E83

    83. Episode 83

  49. E82

    82. Episode 82

  50. E81

    81. Episode 81

Season 30

1998 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 27 years ago

Sesame Street Season 30 release dates →
  1. E65

    65. Zoe Won't Share the Zoemobile (3850)

    Finale
  2. E64

    64. Gabi Babysits Natasha (3849)

  3. E63

    63. Appreciation Party for Barkley (3848)

  4. E62

    62. Big Bird and Snuffy Pretend To Be a Plane (3847)

  5. E61

    61. Rosita Tries to Use Her Wings But Can't Fly (3846)

  6. E60

    60. Maria Reads "They Built a Garden" On Sesame Street (3845)

  7. E59

    59. Baby Bear and Telly Have a Hard Time Saying Goodbye (3844)

  8. E58

    58. Telly Wants Everything in Hooper's Store (3843)

  9. E57

    57. Telly and Rosita Go on a Scavenger Hunt (3842)

  10. E56

    56. The Porridge Lover's Club (3841)

  11. E55

    55. Big Bird Wants Someone To Run Around the Block with Him (3840)

  12. E54

    54. Bolo Learns the Alphabet (3839)

  13. E53

    53. Oscar on Talk Radio (3838)

  14. E52

    52. The Three "3"-keteers (3837)

  15. E51

    51. Luis Makes Maria Huevos Rancheros (3836)

  16. E50

    50. Zoe's Zoemobile Delivery Service (3835)

  17. E49

    49. Baby Bear Is Afraid of Getting His Hair Cut (3834)

  18. E48

    48. Telly Sees a Mysterious X (3833)

  19. E47

    47. Rosita Takes Pictures With Her Camera (3832)

  20. E46

    46. Big Bird Receives a Model Boat (3831)

  21. E45

    45. The Amazing Mumford Tries to Teleport Telly to Hooper's Store (3830)

  22. E44

    44. Stinky Wants To Grow Bigger (3829)

  23. E43

    43. Maria Babysits Natasha (3828)

  24. E42

    42. Prairie Gets In Touch With Her Inner Monster (3827)

  25. E41

    41. The Grown-Ups Put On a Show (3826)

  26. E40

    40. Big Bird Wants His Birdseed Bread Toasted (3825)

  27. E39

    39. The Ding-A-Long (3824)

  28. E38

    38. Snuffy, Big Bird, and Zoe Play the Really Big Thing Game (3823)

  29. E37

    37. Big Bird Sits on the Steps All Day (3822)

  30. E36

    36. Big Bird and Snuffy Draw a Huge Picture for Gina (3821)

  31. E35

    35. Everyone is Too Busy To Tell Elmo a Story (3820)

  32. E34

    34. Big Bird Follows and Ant (3819)

  33. E33

    33. Learning About the Coqui (3818)

  34. E32

    32. Exploring the Land of Lulu-Puddy (3817)

  35. E31

    31. Baby Bear's Little Cousin Visits (3816)

  36. E30

    30. Oscar's Trash Sale (3815)

  37. E29

    29. Elmo and Miles Play Basketball (3814)

  38. E28

    28. Telly Wants To Do a Friendly Thing for Baby Bear (3813)

  39. E27

    27. The Count Counts Mistakes (3812)

  40. E26

    26. Gordon Give Irvine a Bath (3811)

  41. E25

    25. Prairie Dawn's Friendship Pageant (3810)

  42. E24

    24. Zoe's Pet Rock, Rocco (3809)

  43. E23

    23. Big Bird and Baby Bear End Up Playing Together (3808)

  44. E22

    22. Baby Bear Takes a Hibernation Nap (3807)

  45. E21

    21. Linda's Birthday (3806)

  46. E20

    20. Telly Receives a Z By Mistake (3805)

  47. E19

    19. Big Bird Can't Get "C is for Cookie" Out of His Head (3804)

  48. E18

    18. Gordon Wants to Practice His Flute (3803)

  49. E17

    17. Big Bird and Zoe Have Colds (3802)

  50. E16

    16. Rosita and Telly's Fix-It Shop (3801)

Season 31

2000 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 26 years ago

Sesame Street Season 31 release dates →
  1. E65

    65. Baby Bear draws a superhero named Hero Guy (3915)

    Finale
  2. E64

    64. Goldilocks is on vacation, so the Big Bad Wolf takes her place (3914)

  3. E63

    63. Ernie spends the night in Big Bird's nest (3913)

  4. E62

    62. Elmo writes a book called Elmo in Numberland (3912)

  5. E61

    61. Big Bird and Prairie Dawn play Mystery Friend (3911)

  6. E60

    60. It's an all-monster day on Sesame Street (3910)

  7. E59

    59. The Count goes away for the day, and Ernie counts in his place (3909)

  8. E58

    58. Luis teaches Telly how to send e-mail (3908)

  9. E57

    57. The letter Ts disappear on Sesame Street (3907)

  10. E56

    56. Papa Bear invents a perpetual porridge machine (3906)

  11. E55

    55. Elmo and Big Bird learn about being plants (3905)

  12. E54

    54. Snuffy and Elmo play pirate (3904)

  13. E53

    53. Alan makes a birdseed pizza for Big Bird (3903)

  14. E52

    52. Oscar's pet elephant Fluffy is missing (3902)

  15. E51

    51. It's Opera Day on Sesame Street, and everyone sings all day (3901)

  16. E50

    50. Elmo and Lulu write a story together (3900)

  17. E49

    49. Oscar accidentally wishes Maria "Buenos días" (3899)

  18. E48

    48. Big Bird forms a rock band called the Alphatones (3898)

  19. E47

    47. Fluffy plays games (3897)

  20. E46

    46. Gordon teaches Stinky and Big Bird how a caterpillar becomes a butterfly (3896)

  21. E45

    45. Big Bird and Snuffy have a rainy-day picnic (3895)

  22. E44

    44. Reporters Telly and Baby Bear cover the X Games (3894)

  23. E43

    43. Baby Bear's grandmother visits Sesame Street (3893)

  24. E42

    42. Zoe calls Elmo a rotten egg (3892)

  25. E41

    41. Felix cleans Oscar's trash can (3891)

  26. E40

    40. Baby Bear isn't invited to the monster sing-along party (3890)

  27. E39

    39. Telly and Elmo learn how to play ping-pong (3889)

  28. E38

    38. Rosita teaches Ernie how to be a Mexican cowboy (3888)

  29. E37

    37. Snuffy gets a stain on his cloud costume (3887)

  30. E36

    36. Rosita wants to find a best friend (3886)

  31. E35

    35. Zoe and Telly count monsters (3885)

  32. E34

    34. Luis helps Big Bird find the lost Radar (3884)

  33. E33

    33. Telly and Rosita make up a hand-clapping game (3883)

  34. E32

    32. Slimey's in love with Glo Worm (3882)

  35. E31

    31. Papa Bear has to leave Baby Bear to go to work (3881)

  36. E30

    30. Maria has a new computer (3880)

  37. E29

    29. Big Bird and Snuffy learn what's alive and what's not (3879)

  38. E28

    28. Lulu is afraid to try new things (3878)

  39. E27

    27. Elizabeth Is Visited By A Fairy Bubbleperson (3877)

  40. E26

    26. Luis Repairs the Zoemobile (3876)

  41. E25

    25. Snuffy Helps His Mother and Can't Play With Big Bird (3875)

  42. E24

    24. Snuffy and Big Bird Talk About Their Family Relationships (3874)

  43. E23

    23. Ernie Becomes a Birdketeer (3873)

  44. E22

    22. Zoe Creates a Zoeology Book (3872)

  45. E21

    21. Miles Babysits Natasha (3871)

  46. E20

    20. Snuffy and Big Bird Make a Movie for the Animal Film Festival (3870)

  47. E19

    19. Telly and Baby Bear Play Alphaquest (3869)

  48. E18

    18. Telly Pretends To Be a Bossy King (3868)

  49. E17

    17. Luis Teaches Telly and Elmo That Flowers Are Alive (3867)

  50. E16

    16. Telly Celebrates Oscar's Birthday (3866)

Season 32

2001 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 25 years ago

Sesame Street Season 32 release dates →
  1. E65

    65. Hurricane - Part 5 - The Final Twig (3980)

    Finale
  2. E64

    64. Hurricane - Part 4 - Building a New Nest (3979)

  3. E63

    63. Hurricane - Part 3 - Memories of Big Bird's Nest (3978)

  4. E62

    62. Hurricane - Part 2 - Big Bird Find's His Nest Destroyed (3977)

  5. E61

    61. Hurricane - Part 1 - Preparing for the Hurricane (3976)

  6. E60

    60. Telly Stands Still While Baby Bear Gets His Crayon (3975)

  7. E59

    59. The Jacket Fairy Returns (3974)

  8. E58

    58. Snuffy And Big Bird Act Out "Little Red Riding Hood" (3973)

  9. E57

    57. Mumford Makes the Letter S Disappear (3972)

  10. E56

    56. Stinky Wishes He Was Big (3971)

  11. E55

    55. Telly And Rosita Lose Part Of Their Pinwheel (3970)

  12. E54

    54. Natasha Stands Up By Herself (3969)

  13. E53

    53. Rosita Draws Pictures of Her Sesame Street Friends (3968)

  14. E52

    52. Gordon Duckie Sits (3967)

  15. E51

    51. Baby Bear Roller-Skates (3966)

  16. E50

    50. Elmo And Lulu's Imaginary Beach (3965)

  17. E49

    49. Prairie Dawn's List (3964)

  18. E48

    48. Rosita Becomes a Grouchketeer (3963)

  19. E47

    47. Elmo Makes a Collage (3962)

  20. E46

    46. Everybody Starts Their Own Bands (3961)

  21. E45

    45. Linda's Birthday (3960)

  22. E44

    44. Oscar's Trash Sale (3959)

  23. E43

    43. Miles' Video Project (Repeat) (3958)

  24. E42

    42. Zoe's Zoemobile Delivery Service (Repeat) (3957)

  25. E41

    41. Baby Bear And Big Bird End Up Playing Together (Repeat) (3956)

  26. E40

    40. Natasha's Crayon Scribbles (3955)

  27. E39

    39. Ernie's Instant Poetry Service (3954)

  28. E38

    38. The Count Coaches Baby Bear (3953)

  29. E37

    37. Monster Sing-A-Long On Sesame Street (3952)

  30. E36

    36. Elmo, Telly and Zoe Become Alphabet Explorers (3951)

  31. E35

    35. Elmo Joins Oscar's Grouch Band (3950)

  32. E34

    34. Telly's Broken Tuba (3949)

  33. E33

    33. Little Murray Sparkles Play Date Gets Cancelled (3948)

  34. E32

    32. Big Bird And Snuffy Host Different Shows (3947)

  35. E31

    31. Ernie Spends the Day With the Viewer (3946)

  36. E30

    30. Bongo Boys (3945)

  37. E29

    29. Baby Bear's Hiccups (3944)

  38. E28

    28. Cooking Day (3943)

  39. E27

    27. Big Bird And Snuffy Host The Letter B Show (3942)

    Air date TBA
  40. E26

    26. Zoe Wants Someone To Play Suzie Kabloozie With Her (3941)

  41. E25

    25. Telly Wants Everything In Hooper's Store (Repeat) (3940)

  42. E24

    24. Elmo And Miles Play Basketball (Repeat) (3939)

  43. E23

    23. Maria Watches Pets At The Fix-It Shop (Repeat) (3938)

  44. E22

    22. Elmo And Zoe Argue About Playing (Repeat) (3937)

  45. E21

    21. Rosita Tries To Play The Guitar (Repeat) (3936)

  46. E20

    20. Everyone Is Too Busy To Tell Elmo A Story (Repeat) (3935)

  47. E19

    19. Baby Bear Is Afraid Of Getting His Hair Cut (Repeat) (3934)

  48. E18

    18. The Count Counts Mistakes (Repeat) (3933)

    Air date TBA
  49. E17

    17. Mumford Magically Transports Telly (Repeat) (3932)

  50. E16

    16. USS Terrific (Repeat) (3931)

Season 33

2002 · 50 episodes · Last episode: 24 years ago

Sesame Street Season 33 release dates →
  1. E50

    50. Oscar's Road Trip

    Finale
  2. E49

    49. Telly's Cousin Izzy Visits

  3. E48

    48. Ernie Wants to Have a Honker, Duckie, Dinger Jamboree

  4. E47

    47. Nursery Rhyme Day at Gina's Office

  5. E46

    46. A Turtle Wanders Into Big Bird's Nest Area

  6. E45

    45. David Alan Grier as Aladdin

  7. E44

    44. Maria becomes "Monster for a Day"

  8. E43

    43. Baby Bear plays T-Ball

  9. E42

    42. Gina takes the day off to spend time with Elmo (4022)

  10. E41

    41. Big Bird's Pen Pal Gulliver Visits

  11. E40

    40. Elmo and Zoe Play "Follow the Leader"

  12. E39

    39. Ernie Delivers a Chicken to Old MacDonald

  13. E38

    38. Rosita Teaches Zoe Spanish

  14. E37

    37. Baby Bear Becomes a Dog

  15. E36

    36. Zoe and Rosita Have a Play Date with Rocco

  16. E35

    35. Telly Becomes Gina's Vet Assistant

  17. E34

    34. The Amazing Mumford Makes Ernie's Rubber Duckie Gigantic

  18. E33

    33. Snuffy's Grandmother Visits

  19. E32

    32. Elmo and Rosita Imagine What a Stick Could Be

  20. E31

    31. Baby Bear and Telly play in Zoe's Zoemobile

  21. E30

    30. Elmo, Zoe, Telly & Rosita act out "Mary Had a Little Lamb"

  22. E29

    29. Telly Decides If He Wants To Give Up His Toy Horse

  23. E28

    28. Lulu Wants to Be a Letter Carrier

  24. E27

    27. Grover Opens a Popcorn Stand

  25. E26

    26. Zoe Makes Up a Happy Song

  26. E25

    25. Big Bird and Snuffy Find a Lost Baby Shoe

  27. E24

    24. Zoe and Rosita Act Out "Little Red Riding Hood"

  28. E23

    23. National Bird Day

  29. E22

    22. The Three Amigas

  30. E21

    21. Big Bird Injures His Foot

  31. E20

    20. The Mark of Elefante

  32. E19

    19. Ernie's Rubber Duckie Loses Its Squeak

  33. E18

    18. Baby Bear Skips Breakfast

  34. E17

    17. Oscar Wants To Go To Yuckyworld Grouch Park

  35. E16

    16. Baby Bear and Telly Do Stuff With the Letter B

  36. E15

    15. Telly Takes Care of the Grand High Triangle Lover's Favorite Triangle

  37. E14

    14. Zoe Learns to Play the Trombone

  38. E13

    13. The Bouncing Box

  39. E12

    12. Copier at Mail-It Shop Is Broken

  40. E11

    11. Emily Moves to Sesame Street

  41. E10

    10. Elmo Writes A Story

    Elmo has written his own story book! Elmo reads Maria the adventurous story he wrote about going to another planet!

  42. E9

    9. Prairie Dawn's "Little Red Riding Hood and the Oat Bran Cookies"

  43. E8

    8. Big Bird and Snuffy's Letter Y School

  44. E7

    7. Cousin Bear Is Afraid of Shadows

  45. E6

    6. Lost Baby Bird from Paraguay

  46. E5

    5. Baby Bear's New Parrot

  47. E4

    4. Fix-It Shop Becomes Mail-It Shop

  48. E3

    3. Three Monster Girls Who Love to Sing

  49. E2

    2. Alan Runs Out of Cookies for Cookie Monster (3982)

  50. E1

    1. Elmo Visits the Firehouse

Season 34

2003 · 33 episodes · Last episode: 21 years ago

Sesame Street Season 34 release dates → +4 upcoming episodes with air dates still to be announced. Get notified
  1. E33

    33. Super Grover's Cape

    Finale
  2. E32

    32. Big Bad Wolf's Brother Is Falsely Accused

  3. E31

    31. Bert's Birthday

  4. E26

    26. Curly Bear comes home (4056)

  5. E25

    25. Curly Bear is born (4055)

  6. E24

    24. Baby Bear worries about his future sibling (4054)

  7. E23

    23. Big Bird thinks Snuffy forgot their playdate (4053)

  8. E22

    22. Baby Bear and Telly Find a Bagpipe (4052)

  9. E21

    21. A Baby Duck Thinks Telly Is His Mommy (4051)

  10. E20

    20. Zoe's Tutu Gets Stuck in a Tree (4050)

  11. E19

    19. Stinky and Zoe Write a Story (4049)

  12. E18

    18. Rosita Befriends a Frog Wearing a Crown (4048)

  13. E17

    17. Telly is afraid he'll hurt Baby Bear (4047)

  14. E16

    16. Elmo and Rosita Have a Play Date (4046)

  15. E15

    15. Cookie Monster gets the cookie flu (4045)

  16. E14

    14. Gabi helps Elmo and Zoe make kites (4044)

    Air date TBA
  17. E13

    13. Elmo and Zoe Search for Rocco (4043)

  18. E12

    12. Fish-sitters for Dorothy (4042)

  19. E11

    11. Oscar Needs a Change of Scenery (4041)

  20. E10

    10. Zoe Challenges the Notion of Girls' Games (4040)

  21. E9

    9. Elmo and Zoe Pretend (4039)

  22. E8

    8. Big Bird Writes a Story (4038)

  23. E7

    7. Super Grover's cape (4037)

    Air date TBA
  24. E6

    6. Elmo helps Gordon set up the chess board (4036)

  25. E5

    5. The Big Bad Wolf's brother, Leonard (4035)

    Air date TBA
  26. E4

    4. Bert's Birthday (4034)

    Air date TBA
  27. E3

    3. Cookie Monster Is Blamed for Stealing Cookies (4033)

  28. E2

    2. Elmo Falls in Love with Gina (4032)

  29. E1

    1. Karaoke Night at Hooper's Store (4031)

Season 35

2004 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 22 years ago

Sesame Street Season 35 release dates →
  1. E26

    26. Big Bad Wolf Huffs and Puffs When He Loses (4082)

    Finale
  2. E25

    25. Rosita dislikes her accent (4081)

    Air date TBA
  3. E24

    24. Elmo becomes a bird (4080)

  4. E23

    23. Miles' Band Needs a Quiet Place to Practice (4079)

  5. E22

    22. Baby Bear tries to make Curley sleep. (4078)

  6. E21

    21. Elmo Feels He's Treated Unfairly by Rocco (4077)

  7. E20

    20. Baby Bear Adjusts to Curly's Big Growl (4076)

  8. E19

    19. Cookie Monster writes a story (4075)

    Air date TBA
  9. E18

    18. Telly's Letter Dilemma (4074)

    Telly joins the Letter-Of-The-Month Club. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  10. E17

    17. Baby Bear Tries to Teach Curly to Draw (4073)

  11. E16

    16. Gabi Becomes a Temporary Play Date (4072)

  12. E15

    15. Professor Super Grover's School for Superheroes (4071)

  13. E14

    14. Snuffy's Invisible (Part 2) (4070)

  14. E13

    13. Snuffy's Invisible (Part 1) (4069)

  15. E12

    12. Telly Falls from His Pogo Stick (4068)

  16. E11

    11. Gordon, Miles, and Grandpa's Music (4067)

  17. E10

    10. The New Four Bears Story (4066)

  18. E9

    9. The Sesame Street Square Game (4065)

  19. E8

    8. Rocco's New Dance (4064)

  20. E7

    7. Elmo's Chicken Dream (4063)

  21. E6

    6. Little Furry Red Monster Parade (4062)

    Elmo wants to have a Little Furry Red Monster Parade and soon everyone on Sesame Street wants to join him.

  22. E5

    5. Cinderella's Fairy Godmother's Mistake (4061)

  23. E4

    4. Alan's Vacation Replacement (4060)

  24. E3

    3. Curly Doesn't Like Porridge (4059)

    Curly Bear doesn't like porridge, much to the dismay of Baby Bear. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  25. E2

    2. Best Pet in the World (4058)

    Zoe, Telly, Elmo, and Baby Bear get into a debate about who has the best pet. Each of them expresses all of the reasons that a certain pet is the best and they get very heated. The friends start to get really frustrated and angry at each other, and eventually Maria comes by to see what is going on. The friends explain their problem to Maria. She helps them see that each pet is the best pet for each of them for different reasons. If each of them loves their pets, then they are all the best pets in the whole wide world. Problem solved! Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

  26. E1

    1. Sesame Street Presents: The Street We Live On (4057)

    At the start of SESAME STREET's 35th season, the high-spirited red muppet, Elmo, learns more about the street on which he lives. With the help of his friend Grover, Elmo is seemingly transported through time to the Sesame Street that existed before he was born. In these flashback moments, Elmo meets Mr. Hooper, the man behind the name of that famous store; witnesses Maria and Luis' wedding day and the birth of their daughter Gabi; and experiences Gordon and Susan's adoption of Miles. The finale of the episode features Sesame Street's entire cast singing a new composition called ""The Street We Live On."" The story ends with Elmo's realization that he doesn't have to dream to find his friends on Sesame Street - all he has do to is run outside to be a part of this very happy family. Image courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Season 36

2005 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 20 years ago

Sesame Street Season 36 release dates →
  1. E26

    26. Adventures of Little Big Bird (Part 2) (4108)

    Finale

    Previously, Big Bird was accidentally changed into little Big Bird when Mumford tried to do a magic trick. While it was fun being little, little Big Bird now wants to be big again so that he can play with his friend Snuffy. He decides that he has to make his way to Alan and Gordon who are playing chess so that they can help find Mumford to change him back. On his very long and slow trip, a ladybug named Mike crash lands right into him. He teaches little Big Bird that he has to keep trying no matter what obstacles he faces and what size he is. Little Big Bird remembers to believe in himself and with a little persistence, he finally makes it! Once he is finally noticed, Mumford is able to turn little Big Bird back into big Big Bird. In true Mumford fashion, Mike the ladybug is turned big as well and wants to join Alan and Gordon in a game of chess.

  2. E25

    25. Adventures of Little Big Bird (Part 1) (4107)

    Mumford is doing his new big/little trick for everyone. While he meant to turn a big letter “M” into a little letter “M,” he accidentally turns Big Bird into little Big Bird! Big Bird realizes that he is in a brand new world being little. Everything is so big and he meets small creatures he never would have been able to before. All of a sudden, he hears Snuffy calling him for their playdate. Big Bird tries to call back, but Snuffy can’t hear him because he is too small. This becomes very frustrating and Big Bird wants to be big again. He figures out a plan and embarks on his trip to Alan and Gordon, who can help him find Mumford.

  3. E24

    24. Bob's Deaf Niece (4106)

    Rosita and Telly want to play a game of tag but they can’t find anyone to play with them. They meet Bob’s niece Samara and wonder if she would like to play. She can’t hear them because she is deaf. Rosita and Telly are concerned because they don’t know how they will be able to all speak and play together. Samara explains that even though she can’t hear them, she can talk to them by using sign language. They have a lot of fun learning, playing, and also signing and saying the alphabet together. Everyone on Sesame Street gets so excited about sign language that they all can’t wait to learn more.

  4. E23

    23. Super Chicken on Sesame Street (4105)

    Super Chicken helps Luis and Maria replenish their supply of packing tape at the Mail It Shop, helps Miles untie shoelaces, and fixes Gabi’s broken popcorn machine. As Super Chicken quickly comes to the rescue and solves everyone’s problems, Super Grover begins to feel sad and useless as a superhero. He thinks that perhaps his friends on Sesame Street don’t need him anymore. However, Luis, Maria, Gabi, Miles, and Big Bird all convince Super Grover that the only real superhero for Sesame Street is him, especially since there’s no other superhero in the world who can give a super hug like he does!

  5. E22

    22. Grouch Apprentice (4104)

    Donald Grump, the grouch with the most trash in the world, is looking for a new apprentice. Oscar, Grundgetta, and the other grouches can't wait to meet him because if they get chosen, they will get to keep some of Grump's trash. Elmo decides that he wants to be Grump's helper too, but just because he likes to help others. Grump puts them through counting and sorting tasks that Elmo does great at. Oscar and Grundgetta are too busy arguing and the other grouches have already been fired. Grump decides that even though Elmo succeeded at all the tasks, he is too good at being a helper to help a grouch. Elmo doesn'tmind. He gets to leave with the one thing he wanted anyway- Grump's hairpiece. Grundgetta and Oscar are both hired, but they decide that Grump's trash isn't worth it if they have to help him to get it. He leaves Oscar and Grundgetta no choice but to tell him, "You're fired!"

  6. E21

    21. Telly's and Baby Bear's Story (4103)

    Baby Bear and Telly decide to use their imaginations to write a story together, but have a hard time deciding on whether their story should be about a magic bowl of porridge or a magic triangle. With Maria's help, they realize that best friends should be able to work together and compromise by deciding to write a story about both! Their story takes place in the Kingdom of Dum Diddley Dum Diddley Do. In this Kingdom, there is a magical triangular bowl of porridge. The bowl has three sides and three angles, and is filled with an unlimited amount of delicious porridge that King Baby Bear absolutely loves. Baby Bear and Telly realize that they make a great team and decide to write another story together!

  7. E20

    20. Gina's Vet Assistant (4102)

    Gina is so busy that she is in desperate need of an assistant. With just a wish, her Furry Godmother appears and grants her a veterinarian's assistant who happens to be Grover! Unfortunately, Gina doesn't seem to be able to help the hiccupping duck in her examining room because Grover keeps screaming, "Emergency!" Gina also finds it difficult to help the other animals because Grover mistakes a camel for a horse, a lamp for a living thing, and a cat for a tiger.Gina then teaches Grover about these animals and about living things so that he can better understand what a real veterinary emergency might be. In the end, Grover doesn't think that he is cut out to be Gina's assistant, but finds a new calling curing hiccupping ducks- by surprising them!

  8. E19

    19. Elmo and Zoe Claim a Ball (4104)

    Zoe and Elmo find a ball on "Sesame Street" and begin arguing over whose ball it is. They both keep saying, "It's mine!" Luis then enters and explains that instead of arguing over whose ball it is, they could have fun with it by sharing, taking turns, and playing together. While Zoe and Elmo are learning to share and take turns, Baby Bear comes in and is so relieved to see his ball! They all begin to argue over whose ball it is again until Zoe and Elmo are finally convinced when Baby Bear shows them the letter "B" that he had marked on the ball for "Baby Bear." Baby Bear could see that Elmo and Zoe are sad to see the ball go so he decides to share the ball, and they all realize that taking turns and playing together is even more fun than owning your own ball.

  9. E18

    18. What Happens Next? Show (4100)

    Elmo is excited to play a messy scientific game show called, "What Happens Next?" with Oscar as the host! With the help of his adult friends on "Sesame Street", Elmo learns lots of new things about what would happen next if, for example, Slimey jumps into a little mud pool from a low diving board, and then from a high board. Would there be a little splash or a big splash? Elmo uses fun science words such as hypothesis when making guesses about what would happen next. Elmo has a great time learning to observe, making guesses, and checking to see if his hypothesis is correct!

  10. E17

    17. Elmo's And Zoe's Scientific Exploration (4099)

    Elmo watches a leaf floating in a bucket of water and this observation leads Elmo to many other scientific questions. Elmo, Zoe, and Telly are all curious about whether or not objects such as a leaf, an apple, a rock (Rocco), and a triangle either float, sink, and/or slide. They first have a hypothesis about what might happen and then they test their hypothesis with an experiment. In the meantime, Gordon is there to ask Elmo, Zoe, and Telly about what is happening and what might happen next. They all have a wonderful time exploring together, and learning great new words such as experiment and hypothesis. Sponsored by P, 15.

  11. E16

    16. Goldilocks Takes Over Nursery Rhymes (4098)

    Being completely oblivious to their feelings, Goldilocks takes Little Miss Muffet’s curds and whey, and then sticks her finger into Little Jack Horner’s pie. She takes both of their nursery rhymes and makes them her own! Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are so upset that they start crying and run off to Baby Bear and Big Bird who offer to help them. They encourage Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner to be assertive and stand up for themselves. Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner gain the confidence to approach Goldilocks, who is at Hooper’s Store with Alan. Alan notices that Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are very upset, so he encourages them to share their feelings with Goldilocks. After they express how badly she made them feel, Goldilocks realizes that she wouldn’t like it if they did the same thing to her and apologizes, saying that she really didn’t mean to make them feel sad.

  12. E15

    15. Rock sitter for Rocco (4097)

    Zoe needs a rock-sitter to read, sing, and play with Rocco while she is away in swimming class. Telly agrees to take care of Rocco in the meantime. Since Rocco likes rock stories, Telly, with Elmo’s help, first tells her the story of “Goldirock and the Three Bears.” Since Rocco also likes rock music, Telly, Alan, and Bob sing, “Rock Around the Rock” to her. When Zoe returns from her swimming class, Telly tells her about all the fun they had while she was away, and offers to help her take care of Rocco anytime!

  13. E14

    14. Mexico on Sesame Street (4096)

    Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

  14. E13

    13. Who'll Replace The Big Bad Wolf (4095)

    Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

  15. E12

    12. Telly Learns The Grouchketeer Cheer (4094)

    The Big Bad Wolf feels so exhausted from having to chase pigs and dress up like a Grandma all the time that he decides to take a vacation. In the meantime, Zoe, Elmo, and Telly audition to be the temporary wolf. The three of them first have to blow down a straw house, then chase pigs, and lastly, pretend to be Grandma. All three of them creatively think of different strategies to pass the test. They all then begin arguing over who could best play the role of the Big Bad Wolf. Gordon talks to them and helps them to realize that it’s more important to stay friends than to be the wolf. When it’s time for the Big Bad Wolf to decide, he gives the role to Gordon since he did such a great job showing Telly, Zoe, and Elmo how to do everything that a Big Bad Wolf should do!

  16. E11

    11. Baby Bear's First Day of School (4093)

    Telly Monster tells Gordon that he feels miserable because in order to go on Oscar’s Annual Grouch Picnic and Field Day, he has to learn the Official Grouch Cheer and he’s the only one who can’t do it right. Gordon talks to Oscar and convinces him to let Telly try learning to do it right. Telly is so discouraged at this point that he keeps saying that he can’t do the cheer. Gordon motivates Telly by practicing the cheer with him and by telling him that he can do it! Through Gordon’s encouragement, constant practice, and believing in himself, Telly finally learns to do the cheer! Telly shows Oscar that he can do the cheer beautifully, and boards the bus to go on the field trip with all the other Grouchketeers!

  17. E10

    10. Big Bird, Snuffy and Friends Hike (4092)

    Maria and Luis are planning for their hike gathering their backpacks, water, and trail mix. Big Bird and Snuffy are especially excited since they have never been on a hike before! Maria explains what great exercise it is and how many interesting things you can find around you. They don’t get very far on their hike because they stop to observe things around them that they’ve never really noticed before - the bark and leaves of a tree, the colors of a pebble on the ground, and even a tap dancing spider! Even though they don’t get very far, Big Bird and Snuffy had a great time on their very first hike!

  18. E9

    9. Snuffy Learns To Dance (4091)

    Snuffy sees Elmo, Zoe, and her friend, Carina the Ballerina, ballet dancing and wants to join in on the fun. He tries to follow along with them as they leap and twirl around, but ends up crashing on the ground and knocking them down. Snuffy becomes sad and insecure about his size when they tell him that maybe he’s too big to dance ballet. Snuffy tries to figure out ways to make himself smaller by imagining himself as a mouse and doing scrunching down exercises, but becomes discouraged since he can’t seem to change his size. Then, Big Bird, Luis, Maria, and Gabi all reassure Snuffy that they love everything about him and that he is beautifully big and perfect just the way he is. At the end, Zoe, Elmo, and Carina apologize to Snuffy for hurting his feelings and realize that anybody can dance and that dancing should be about having fun with all your friends, no matter what size they are. They all dance happily together.

  19. E8

    8. Cookie Moon

    Cookie Monster is drawing a picture of his favorite cookie: the moon? Astronaut Buzz Aldrin lands on Sesame Street to teach Cookie Monster all about the moon and what it's made of! Hint: those spots on the moon aren't made of tasty chocolate chips!

  20. E7

    7. American Fruit Stand (4089)

    Alan is busy receiving a big delivery at Hooper’s Store so Miles helps him out by watching the fruit stand. Elmo and Zoe walk by talking about cookies and ice cream. All of sudden, Sesame Street is transformed into a 50’s musical show “American Fruit Stand.” Miles sings “I Love Fruit” (to the tune of “I Feel Good”), a song about how good fruit tastes and how good it is for the body. Elmo and Zoe get so excited about fruit that they now want an apple and an orange! Gina comes to the fruit stand and asks Miles for some peaches and pears. Sesame Street is transformed once again and Miles sings, “Peaches and Pears” (to the tune of “Twist and Shout”). Maria needs some broccoli. It happens to be her lucky day because broccoli is a special guest star on “American Fruit Stand” and Miles sings “Broccoli is Good” (to the tune of “Johnny B. Goode”). All of the fans and groupies become so excited about fruits and vegetables. Alan’s business has never been so good.

  21. E6

    6. How many balloons to raise Snuffy? (4088)

    Snuffy wants to be a cloud in the sky. He wonders how he is going to get up there, and then realizes that he could use a balloon to lift him up. He wishes for a balloon and the Fairy Balloon Person (Richard Kind) comes to grant his wish. Since it’s going to take more than one balloon to lift him up, the Fairy Balloon Person keeps adding 5 more balloons each time until they reach 40 balloons. He starts to fly up to the sky going higher and higher. While Snuffy is happy to be seeing birds and other clouds, he starts to get cold and lonely being all by himself. Snuffy wishes to go back down, and his wish is granted. He realizes that everyone he loves is down on Sesame Street and that he would rather be a snuffleupagus than a cloud any day.

  22. E5

    5. As the Porridge Cooled (4087)

    Telly is doing a “Monster on the Spot” report about Baby Bear, who is telling the story of what really happened to the three bears as their porridge cooled. Instead of walking, they were very active as they ran and jumped through the woods. Suddenly, they find they’re lost in the magic garden of a wizard who put a spell on them and turned them into ducks. Baby Bear, using fun science words, tests his hypothesis that the type of animal they turn into depends on the kind of animal sound they make. Through his experiment, he finds out that his guess is correct! They all make bear sounds and transform into bears again. The wizard wouldn’t let them out of the garden until they name three things about vegetables. With the help of the Singing Vegetables singing, “We Are the Vegetables,” the three bears figure out that vegetables are delicious, are good for you…and are musical!

  23. E4

    4. Birdseed Cookies For Granny (4086)

    ig Bird’s granny is coming to Sesame Street, and with Alan’s help, Big Bird bakes“The World’s Greatest Birdseed Cookies” for her. Big Bird and Alan have gatheredall the ingredients they need- birdseed, applesauce, bananas, porridge and cinnamon. Then, Baby Bear comes in wanting his porridge, but tries a healthy fruit saladinstead of his usual since Big Bird and Alan need the last bit of porridge to makethe cookies. As Alan and Big Bird continue to mix the ingredients, The Count comesin to help them count and figure out how many cookies they will be able to makewith the dough.

  24. E3

    3. Health Food Game Show (4085)

    Healthy Food Spanish Word - gato Location - Paris France Number of the Day - 6. The letter "G" and the number 6; nutrition. Elmo plays the Healthy Foods Name Game, in which he has to find nutritious foods of various colors. Jeopardy! champ Ken Jennings joins Grover for a Health Moment, and reggae artist Wyclef Jean sings about healthy food with Cookie Monster.

  25. E2

    2. The Banana in the Stone (4084)

    The letter "J" and the number 9; literacy; nutrition. Hooper's Store is out of apples, Curly Bear's favorite snack, and Telly and Baby Bear try to convince her to eat a banana instead by telling her the story of "The Banana in the Stone." Lang Lang, a 22-year-old piano sensation from China, auditions for Bob, Oscar, and the Grouches.

  26. E1

    1. Telly Learns How to Catch a Ball (4083)

    Everyone on Sesame Street is outside having fun and playing catch! Well, everyone except Telly, who admits to BabyBear he doesn’t know how to catch a ball. Baby Bear, Rosita and Maria each try to help Telly. But no matter how hardhe tries, the ball slips through his fingers! Just when Telly decides he’s ready to quit, Baby Bear introduces a surpriseguest, New York Yankees manager, Joe Torre! Joe assures Telly he’s doing everything right, and reminds him thatsometimes learning something new takes a lot of practice. As he leaves, Joe tosses the ball to Telly—and he catchesit! Now Telly wants to practice even more

Season 37

2006 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 19 years ago

Sesame Street Season 37 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S37 E26 still E26

    26. The Sloppy Jalopy & The Nastycar Races!

    Finale

    Oscar and Grundgetta want to race the Sloppy Jalopy in the Nastycar Races, but it won't start. When Maria and Luis offer to help, Oscar refuses the offer, insisting that Grouches never need help.

  2. Sesame Street S37 E25 still E25

    25. National Try A New Food Day!

    Telly reports on National Try a New Food Day, starting with Baby Bear's attempt to eat some porridge with fresh fruit on top instead of brown sugar and honey.

  3. Sesame Street S37 E24 still E24

    24. Gina Adopts A Baby (3)

    Snuffy and Big Bird want to play with Marco, so they bring over a wagon filled with baseball equipment, rollerskates, a pogo stick, and checkers. Gina tells them the baby is too young to play with any of those things and suggests that they think like babies to come up with games everyone can play together.

  4. Sesame Street S37 E23 still E23

    23. Gina Adopts A Baby (2)

    Gina brings her new baby home and discovers that everyone has been busy gathering blankets and diapers, making mobiles, and putting together the crib. All her friends want to continue helping, but what Gina and Marco really need is some rest.

  5. Sesame Street S37 E22 still E22

    22. Gina Adopts A Baby (1)

    Gina flies off to Guatemala to pick up Marco, the baby she is adopting. Maria goes with her to help her with her Spanish.

  6. Sesame Street S37 E21 still E21

    21. The What Comes Next Game!

    Elmo plays the What Comes Next Game, in which he must guess what comes next in a pattern before a mouse rings a bell.

  7. Sesame Street S37 E20 still E20

    20. Zoe's Hairytale (4128)

    After hearing the story of Rapunzel, Zoe wishes to have long hair just like hers.

  8. Sesame Street S37 E19 still E19

    19. Oscar Loves Cranky

    Oscar gets a new dog: a Rottendoodle named Cranky. Because he has heard that Rottendoodles are grouches that never do what you tell them to, never help anyone, and never kiss, he is astonished when Cranky starts doing all those things.

  9. Sesame Street S37 E18 still E18

    18. Happy Birthday Rocco!

    Zoe is throwing a birthday party for her pet rock, Rocco, and everyone's invited.

  10. Sesame Street S37 E17 still E17

    17. The Alphabet Road Show

    Host David Letterguy and The Alphabet Road Show are coming to Sesame Street to look for unusual people saying the alphabet in unusual ways. Telly and Baby Bear know exactly how they are going to say the alphabet, but Elmo is still unsure.

  11. Sesame Street S37 E16 still E16

    16. Slimey The Hero!

    When Slimey says that he wants to be a hero just like Trash Gordon, Rosita and Elmo are doubtful because they think heroes are supposed to be big and strong. But Oscar reassures him that he can do it, and Slimey takes on the mission of saving the letter of the day.

  12. Sesame Street S37 E15 still E15

    15. Baby Bear's Great Invention!

    On a very busy day at Hooper's store, Baby Bear decides to create an automatic lemonade-pouring machine to help Miles out. He draws up the plans for his invention and then recruits Telly and Elmo to help build it.

  13. Sesame Street S37 E14 still E14

    14. Healthy Food Pageant

    Prairie Dawn and the gang put on a Healthy Food Pageant. Zoe sings about potatoes, and Rosita sings about tortillas.

  14. Sesame Street S37 E13 still E13

    13. Fantastic Freddy!

    "Teacher" Zoe arranges a field trip for Rocco and all her dolls, but there's no room on the bus for Telly's doll, Freddy. So Telly and Baby Bear give Freddy a day all his own, including a new game called Fantastic Freddy.

  15. Sesame Street S37 E12 still E12

    12. The Three Astro Bears

    Baby Bear and Elmo write a thrilling story about the Three Bears in which they are Astro Bears trying to find the answer to the question, "How does porridge taste in space?"

  16. Sesame Street S37 E11 still E11

    11. The Importance of Adults

    All the adults are too busy running errands to play with Big Bird, so he finds himself wishing for them to be just like the kids. To his surprise, his Fairy Godperson appears and grants him his wish.

  17. Sesame Street S37 E10 still E10

    10. It's Time For Ask Oscar!

    On the "Ask Oscar!" show, Telly reads a letter from a boy who can't remember what the little round things that hold his jacket together are called. Telly is ready to get the answer from Oscar, but Oscar isn't ready to tell.

  18. Sesame Street S37 E9 still E9

    9. Elmo's Adventures With The Letter J

    Elmo celebrates the letter "J" by changing his name to Jelmo and jumping all over the neighborhood. During his travels, he sees Maria fixing things that begin with "J" and listens to Big Bird telling the story of Mary and her little lamb.

  19. Sesame Street S37 E8 still E8

    8. Mr. Alan's School

    Alan sets up a pretend school at Hooper's Store. As his star "pupil," Elmo gets to draw a picture, listen to Mr. Alan read a book, and sing the alphabet song.

  20. Sesame Street S37 E7 still E7

    7. Happy Anniversary Luis & Maria

    Luis and Maria are trying to celebrate their wedding anniversary with a private picnic, but they keep getting interrupted by songs, games, and dances about the letter "H.

  21. Sesame Street S37 E6 still E6

    6. Snow White & The 6 Dwarves

    Snow White (Amy Sedaris) visits Sesame Street with her dwarves. One by one, each dwarf leaves the group, and soon Snow White ends up with ZERO dwarves. Can Elmo save the day for Snow White? Also in this episode: Bert and Ernie sing about circles and Grover learns how to ride a bike. This episode is brought to you by the letter O and the number 7

  22. Sesame Street S37 E5 still E5

    5. Herb, The Dinosaur, Comes To Sesame Street

    Herb, the plant-eating dinosaur—the only dinosaur left, except, of course, for his cousin Shirley—pays a visit to Sesame Street. He meets many interesting new people; learns about healthy salads from Alan, about taking turns from Zoe and Rosita, and about the alphabet from Big Bird and Elmo; and even gets to play with a worm.

  23. Sesame Street S37 E4 still E4

    4. Elmo Learns About School

    Gabi and Miles reminisce about their first day of school, telling Elmo about their classroom, the things they did, and how a disagreement over who got to play with a fire truck taught them about sharing.

  24. Sesame Street S37 E3 still E3

    3. Cookie World!

    Cookie Monster asks Bob and a baby how they eat cookies, then counts cookies and does subtraction problems with them. After Zoe does an amazing cookie dance, Cookie Monster decides to go right to the source and talk to a cookie about cookies.

  25. Sesame Street S37 E2 still E2

    2. Show and Tell Elmo

    Abby goes to the Storybook Community School for the first time, and Mrs. Goose and her class make her feel welcome. But when it's time for Show and Tell, she doesn't have anything to share, so she decides to use her magic wand to leave school and ask Elmo for help.

  26. Sesame Street S37 E1 still E1

    1. A New Friend On Sesame Street

    There's a new Muppet On the block! It is Abby's first day on the street. Can everyon's favorite fairy-in-training overcome her shyness and make new friends? Also in this episode: Law & Order: Special Letters Unit and a performance by John Legend with Hoots the Owl. Special guest Kristin Chenoweth stops by Elmo's World. This episode is brought to you by the letter M and the number 4.

Season 38

2007 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 19 years ago

Sesame Street Season 38 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S38 E26 still E26

    26. Oscar hosts Grouch News Network

    Finale

    Oscar is the host of GNN, Grouch News Network: "All grouchy, all disgusting, all yucky news, all the time." Some trash falls from the sky, and Fluffy hands Oscar a bulletin about something grouchy happening in Maria's bathroom.

  2. Sesame Street S38 E25 still E25

    25. Rosita Gets Upset at Zoe & Abby

    Rosita and Zoe are both excited about their play date together. As they start to play hide-and-seek, Abby Cadabby poofs up out of nowhere. Rosita is about to show Abby how they play hide-and-seek, but Abby mentions another game, "jumping rhymes," which piques Zoe's interests. Zoe and Abby are good at the game, but Rosita has trouble thinking of words that rhyme with "chair," and can only think of made-up words (which are acceptable).

  3. Sesame Street S38 E24 still E24

    24. Elmo Is Jealous of Marco

    Gina welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. Elmo is looking forward to playing checkers with her today, but it becomes difficult because Marco needs his mommy's attention. Gina thinks he needs to eat, so she leaves with Marco to get his baby food, leaving Elmo all alone.

  4. Sesame Street S38 E23 still E23

    23. Elmo Shows Abby How to Pretend

    Abby Cadabby looks for Elmo, and introduces the viewer to her toy frog, Prince. When Elmo sees it, he doesn't understand how a frog could be a Prince, until Abby explains he was a prince that got turned into a frog. She kisses the frog doll, and POOF! it turns into a prince doll (and vice versa).

  5. Sesame Street S38 E22 still E22

    22. Chris Teaches Elmo How to Bowl

    Gabi encounters Chris and some kids playing with his toy bowling set, which he's had since he was a kid. She asks him if she can try it out, since she's a good bowler herself. Gordon then asks for a turn after Gabi. She gets a strike, and Gordon knocks down two pins.

  6. Sesame Street S38 E21 still E21

    21. Ralphie the Parrot Flies Away

    On another sunny day, Big Bird gets some bananas from Alan, who almost welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street - when Baby Bear interrupts him so that his parrot, Ralphie, can do it instead.

  7. Sesame Street S38 E20 still E20

    20. The Amazing Alphabet Race

    Australian TV personality Amazing Al spots Elmo singing his ABCs, and chooses him to be a contestant on "The Amazing Alphabet Race." The objective of the game is to find all the letters of the alphabet before a clucking chicken tap dances her way to a gong!

  8. Sesame Street S38 E19 still E19

    19. Zoe and Rosita Find Abby's Magic Wand

    While pretending to be leaping elephants, Zoe and Rosita encounter a mysterious object lying on a crate. Rosita thinks it looks like a popsicle stick, but Zoe remembers where she's seen it: it's Abby Cadabby's magic wand! Rosita wonders what it would be like to be a fairy god-monster and do wonderful magical things for everyone every day - but Zoe advises her against waving the wand, because she's not a fairy god-monster.

  9. Sesame Street S38 E18 still E18

    18. Elmo Wishes for a Pet Dinosaur

    Elmo imagines himself with a pet dinosaur and sings a song about all the fun things they would do.

  10. Sesame Street S38 E17 still E17

    17. The Worm Cup Games

    Alan invites Big Bird into Hooper's Store to watch the Worm Cup games on his TV set. The audience consists of a few kids, and even some worms with their own miniature tables and vans. The worm audience is split into two groups: one from France, and one from the USA. Alan explains to Big Bird that the objective of the Worm Cup games is to kick a ball into a cup the most times. Worms from all over the world are competing for the cup, including Slimey.

  11. Sesame Street S38 E16 still E16

    16. Telly Helps Gordon Play Golf

    Gordon welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. He has set up a miniature golf course, to prepare for the golf game he'll have with Alan later on. Telly stops by, and is impressed with the setup. Gordon shows Telly how the game is played, and explains that the game isn't always easy, because the grass often has hills, which make it harder for the ball to make it into the hole. Telly gets a sudden burst of inspiration, and rushes off.

  12. Sesame Street S38 E15 still E15

    15. Big Bird, Elmo & Abby, Song for 3

    Big Bird and Elmo are excited, because they've got a special song for two friends, which they are. They count each other, and sing "One and One Make Two." They almost sing it again, when Abby Cadabby appears in a poof, and asks to join them. Suddenly, Big Bird realizes the song won't work this time, because it's a song for two, and if Abby joins them, they won't be two anymore, but three. What to do? Abby suggests making herself disappear, but that turns out to be not such a good idea. The three friends decide they should ask Gabi what they should do. They explain their predicament, and Gabi suggests they sing a song for three instead of two. What a great idea!

  13. Sesame Street S38 E14 still E14

    14. Chris Helps Elmo Write a Letter

    At the Fix-it Shop, Abby Cadabby and Elmo watch Maria fix a toaster. ("I love having an audience," Maria says.) An excited Rosita rushes over to show them the letter she received from her abuelita, and asks Maria to read it. In the letter, her grandma says she was looking at a picture of Rosita, and it made her happy. It makes Rosita happy, too, as she imagines a hug from her abuelita. Right then and there, Rosita decides to write a letter back, and runs off.

  14. Sesame Street S38 E13 still E13

    13. Gabi, Telly, and Zoe Have a Picnic

    Gabi, Zoe and Telly are gathered around at a picnic table outside of Hooper's Store for a picnic. Maria brings them a melon and sets it on the table. They briefly turn their attention away from the melon while Telly shows them the triangular napkins he brought. But when Telly goes to get the melon, he finds it's missing! Everyone is confused - where did the melon go? It's not under the table.

  15. Sesame Street S38 E12 still E12

    12. Rosita, Telly, and Zoe Play House

    Telly, Zoe and Rosita are all excited as they welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, because today they're playing "house." They can't wait to pretend to be a big happy family. Rosita will be the mommy, Zoe will be the baby, and Telly will be the dog and the daddy (even though he'd rather be the dog). They sing their happy family song.

  16. Sesame Street S38 E11 still E11

    11. Fairy Tale Emergencies

    Prairie Dawn hosts a Fairy Tale News special report, "Fairy Tale Emergencies - Are You Prepared?" She explains that an emergency is something that you have to prepare for, because you don't know when it will happen - and fairy tales are full of them.

  17. Sesame Street S38 E10 still E10

    10. Triangle Lover of the Day

    Telly stares in awe at the Triangle Triple Crown, which will be worn for three weeks by the "Triangle Lover of the Day" at today's Triangle Lovers' Club meeting. He loves triangles more than anyone else, so he is sure that he will get crowned, and he invites Baby Bear to the special occasion. Baby Bear is not sure he will fit in with the other Triangle Lovers, since he doesn't call himself one, but Telly reassures him that he'll do fine.

  18. Sesame Street S38 E9 still E9

    9. Sleeping Grouchy

    Oscar and Grundgetta are reading The Tale of Sleeping Grouchy" and Slimey, Telly and Elmo join them. The story begins, "Once upon a time, there was a very, very, very grouchy princess . . ." and it tells the tale of a princess that was so grouchy, she said things like, "Phooey!" "Ewwww!" and "Sounds horrible!" One day the grouchy princess was on a grouchy walk. She said, "Phooey!" so many times that it disturbed a wizard who was walking nearby and he cast a spell on the her, putting her to sleep for a hundred years! Princess Grouchy's parents were very upset. They loved their grouchy daughter dearly and wanted to find a way to break the sleeping spell. They offered a reward to any prince who could wake the princess up. Prince Elmo came and tried to tickle Princess Grouchy awake with a feather, but it didn't work. Prince Telly played his loud tuba with his back-up band, The Cat's Meow, but Princess Grouchy still did not wake up. Finally, Prince Slimey arrived.

  19. Sesame Street S38 E8 still E8

    8. Big Bird Helps Zero

    On a beautiful day, Big Bird encounters a sad number Zero, who is upset because he is nothing. He sings a song about it. Big Bird sets out to show Zero that being nothing is really something. When they go to Hooper's Store, Zero asks for a banana split, but Alan realizes he's out of bananas, which is the perfect cue for a musical number parodying "Yes, We Have No Bananas." In song, Alan explains how the number zero helps him keep track of what he needs to order whenever he runs out of something in the store. This makes Zero feel a little better, but he is still not convinced of his worthiness.

  20. Sesame Street S38 E7 still E7

    7. Big Bird Breaks Elmo's Tricycle

    Elmo greets the viewer, and says he plans to ride his tricycle all day. Big Bird encounters him, and expresses interest in riding Elmo's tricycle. Elmo agrees to let Big Bird do so, but as soon as Big Bird sits down on the tricycle, it breaks!

  21. Sesame Street S38 E6 still E6

    6. The Tutu Spell

    Abby and Zoe are playing in the courtyard. They love dancing so much, so Zoe lets Abby try on her tutu. To return the favor, Abby lets Zoe try out her wand. As she's figuring it out, she inadvertently wishes that everyone would wear a tutu and wear ballet.

  22. Sesame Street S38 E5 still E5

    5. Abby Plays the Letter 'P' Game

    Elmo wants to play tag, but Zoe wants to play checkers. Alan notices them arguing, and suggests they play the "letter P game." In order to play, they need to look around the store for things that start with the letter P, such as pickles. While Elmo and Zoe have difficulty looking for P words, a penguin (who pronounces his p's hard) comes in and orders a peanut butter sandwich on pumpernickel bread, with a slice of pineapple, and a potato.

  23. Sesame Street S38 E4 still E4

    4. Lucy the Lazy Lizard

    Maria welcomes the viewers after a piece of toast flies in her face. Elmo stops by, and asks Maria to read him a story. Maria points out that she's already read that book to him ten times. Elmo replies, "Let's make it eleven!" Maria finally agrees to read Elmo his book, Lucy the Lazy Lizard - a book with a lot of L words in it.

  24. Sesame Street S38 E3 still E3

    3. Word 'Dog' Escapes Abby's Book

    Baby Bear and Telly Monster welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and look forward to reading a book with Abby Cadabby. Abby arrives and introduces her magical book: The Wild Adventures of Action Dog. The others hear a barking sound, which turns out to come from none other than the book itself.

  25. Sesame Street S38 E2 still E2

    2. Chris Arrives on Sesame Street

    Gordon and Susan's nephew, Chris, just moved to Sesame Street. He is looking for a job in the Help Wanted section of the newspaper because he needs money to buy books for school. Chris thinks the first ad might be for a job as a gym teacher because it reads, "Must love to exercise." He sings a new verse of "The People in Your Neighborhood."

  26. Sesame Street S38 E1 still E1

    1. The Bookaneers

    Elmo and Alan are reading in Hooper's Store, when they both hear a boat, then see it (includes a rare appearance of Sesame Street) and the storefront is boarded by a group of Bookaneers. An Anything Muppet and a salty dog are led by their pirate captain, played by guest star Tina Fey. They demand that Elmo hand over his book, but Elmo explains that he loves to read. The pirates invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, but he must first pass a series of tests.

Season 39

2008 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 18 years ago

Sesame Street Season 39 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S39 E26 still E26

    26. Baby Bear's New Baby Sitter

    Finale

    Baby Bear is very excited because Grandmama Bear is coming to baby-sit. They have so much fun together! Just as Baby Bear is telling Gina this, Papa Bear breaks the news that Grandmama is sick and won’t be able to come. Baby Bear’s spirit is crushed. Gina suggests that they ask Gabi to baby-sit. It turns out that Gabi would love to do it. Even though Curly Bear is very excited and doesn’t seem upset at all, Baby Bear feels that his sister might be nervous with a new baby-sitter.

  2. Sesame Street S39 E25 still E25

    25. The Help-O-Bots

    Chris welcomes the viewer and counts the pies that were just delivered (counting 17 pies total). Elmo, Telly and Rosita rush to him and ask him to read a book to them. Chris begins the book, which is about a helpful robot named Rico who loves to help en la manana (the morning), en la tarde (the afternoon) and en la noche (the night). After the story, Chris goes back to work and remarks a robot like that would be of good use to him, which sparks an idea in the monster’s heads.

  3. Sesame Street S39 E24 still E24

    24. The Cookie Touch

    Chris gives Cookie Monster the last cookie in Hooper’s store and tells him that there will be more tomorrow. Cookie Monster wishes he never had to wait for a cookie again. Just then his Fairy Cookie Person appears and gives him “The Cookie Touch”. Everything he touches will turn into a cookie.

  4. Sesame Street S39 E23 still E23

    23. Maria the Cowgirl

    Elmo walks down the street and welcomes the viewer and he enters Big Bird’s nest area where Abby and Big Bird are waiting. Big Bird alerts Gordon that Elmo has arrived. Big Bird reveals that Gordon is going to read the new “Maria the Cowgirl: The Lonesome Trail” story to them. They explain what a cowgirl is to Abby. Gordon arrives and begins the story.

  5. Sesame Street S39 E22 still E22

    22. Hurry Up You're Running Out of Time

    Telly plays in a game show hosted by Guy Smiley where he must say the alphabet in a hurry.

  6. Sesame Street S39 E21 still E21

    21. Mine-itis on Sesame Street

    Leela plans to have her lunch break with Elmo, when Bert, Grover and Cookie Monster wander by in a trance, chanting “Mine!” and swipe her food one by one. Just then, in a “Sesame Street Nightly News Update”, Brian Williams reports that no one is sharing on Sesame Street. He then continues to interrupt them when they have a question to ask. Leela and Elmo are in disbelief, so they set out to prove people are still sharing.

  7. Sesame Street S39 E20 still E20

    20. Elmo Wants to Be Like Gordon

    Gordon walks out of Hooper’s, says hi to Murray Monster and welcomes the viewer. He continues walking down the street and says hi to Elmo, who thinks Gordon is great. He gets an idea and runs off.

  8. Sesame Street S39 E19 still E19

    19. Sesame Street Bird Games

    Chris and Alan close Hooper’s Store, welcome the viewer and plan on going bowling. However, their plans are put on hold when they hear a fanfare and Big Bird shows up, announcing the “Sesame Street Bird Games” and tells them they’re the judges. A penguin adviser arrives and hands Alan an envelope with the game’s rules. He also gives them their judicial headgear. Alan questions why they must do it and Big Bird points out that it will be fair if non-birds judge the events. The other two contestants arrive (a chicken and a duck), so the games can now commence!

  9. Sesame Street S39 E18 still E18

    18. Three Cheers for Us

    Zoe's cheers help Elmo bounce a basketball three times in a row, so he asks if he can be a cheerleader with her. Together, they inspire Telly to master a pogostick trick, and he joins them as well.

  10. Sesame Street S39 E17 still E17

    17. Abby's First Sleepover

    Abby Cadabby sleeps over at Big Bird's nest. Which delays Luis and Maria from dancing.

  11. Sesame Street S39 E16 still E16

    16. Elmo Steps In for Super Grover

    Chris welcomes the viewer and meets up with Elmo, whose toy airplane is stuck in the tree. He suggests using a ladder, when all of a sudden, Super Chicken and his assistant, Robin, fall out of the sky. The duo begins to formulate a plan when Super Grover crash lands to save the day!

  12. Sesame Street S39 E15 still E15

    15. Slimey Adopts a Pet Bug

    Gina meets up with Oscar, who’s trying to start up the Sloppy Jalopy, and Slimey, who eagerly bounces up and down in his booster seat. She learns that Oscar is taking Slimey to get his own pet bug, which Gina finds funny. They drive off, leaving Gina in the car exhaust.

  13. Sesame Street S39 E14 still E14

    14. Big Bird's Nest Sale

    Big Bird hangs up a sign for his nest sale and welcomes the viewer. He’s selling toys that he doesn’t play with anymore, and says that all the toys in the nest are for sale, while everything out of the nest isn’t, including Radar. Snuffy arrives at his nest, and Big Bird makes him his “Assistant Nest Sale Snuffleupagus”. Snuffy's only task is to remember what toys are for sale and which are not, especially Radar. Big Bird briefly leaves to get more of his toys from Maria and Luis’s apartment and puts Snuffy in charge, but unbeknownst to him and Snuffy, Big Bird’s tail knocks Radar into the nest when he leaves.

  14. Sesame Street S39 E13 still E13

    13. Abby Thinks Oscar is a Prince

    Chris reads Abby Cadabby “The Frog Prince”, which she anxiously waits for the ending of. Chris finishes the story and Abby loves it. As Abby walks down the street, she finds herself amazed that a frog of all things could be an enchanted prince. While Oscar deals with a man with some trash behind her, Abby wonders if some on Sesame Street could be a prince. She sees and Oscar and gets the idea that he may be an enchanted prince!

  15. Sesame Street S39 E12 still E12

    12. Number 6 Games

    It’s number 6 day on Sesame Street: A day devoted to the number six and all it’s sixiness! There are going to be games and songs all about the number six. Let the Number 6 Festivities begin!

  16. Sesame Street S39 E11 still E11

    11. Big Bird and Snuffy Talent Show

    Big Bird and Snuffy welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and to the Big Bird and Snuffy Talent Show! They realize that they don't know what a talent show is, so they ask Leela to fill them in. Big Bird and Snuffy agree to have Leela be the first guest on their talent show, but she needs to get to work at the laundromat. Thinking quickly, she decides to juggle an apple and an orange, and Big Bird has her sing the alphabet song while doing so.

  17. Sesame Street S39 E10 still E10

    10. Curly Bear Chases Birthday Cake

    Today is Baby Bear's birthday, and he's about to celebrate it in the courtyard! Telly arrives with his present, and Baby Bear goes over the plan: first they'll play some party games, then treat themselves to his Mama Bear's special chocolate-porridge cake. This cake is very special to him, and he's worried that his little sister Curly will ruin the cake, so Telly promises to guard Curly from getting her grubby paws on the cake.

  18. Sesame Street S39 E9 still E9

    9. Telly the Tiebreaker

    Alan serves some customers some drinks and hears arguing outside. Zoe, Rosita and Devon want to put a square on their block tower, while Elmo and Dylan want a circle. Alan solves their problem by having them take a vote. The square gets the most votes, so they put it on top and use the circle as the swimming pool.

  19. Sesame Street S39 E8 still E8

    8. Elmo & Zoe's Hat Contest

    Gordon welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, when Elmo alerts him that today is "Who can wear the most hats on their head" day, and drags him to the courtyard, where an enthusiastic crowd cheers.

  20. Sesame Street S39 E7 still E7

    7. Annual Triangle Toss

    Baby Bear welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, when Telly runs into him, and excitedly tells him (and the viewer) that today is the Triangle Lovers Club's annual Triangle Toss (similar to ring toss). He displays his lucky triangle vest, which is what he claims helps him win every year. When he tries it on, however, he notices it's smaller than it was last year. Baby Bear and Leela help him put it on Telly, and they notice it's such a tight squeeze that he can't move his arms, but that doesn't worry him.

  21. Sesame Street S39 E6 still E6

    6. Max the Magician

    Chris serves snacks to Big Bird, Elmo and Rosita, then welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. Elmo asks for a banana, to which Chris replies "You just said the magic word!" -- which cues the grand entrance of Max the Magician (Will Arnett), who has some "real" magic tricks to display.

  22. Sesame Street S39 E5 still E5

    5. Firefly Show

    At dusk, Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street as he closes Hooper's Store, and listens to all the nighttime sounds. Telly and Baby Bear pass by him with a net and a jar, and tell him that they're trying to catch fireflies. Chris goes home, and Telly and Baby Bear tell the viewer to help them out by pointing out any fireflies they see. One flies above their head, and they scramble to catch it as they follow it near and far.

  23. Sesame Street S39 E4 still E4

    4. Leela's Sesame Street Video

    Leela welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and shows us the new video camera she's using to make a video of her new home, which she wants to show to her parents in India. She aims the camera at the laundromat where she works, and has everyone inside wave at the camera.

  24. Sesame Street S39 E3 still E3

    3. Sock Chaos at the Laundromat

    At the new Sesame Street laundromat, Chris welcomes the viewer as he does his laundry. He says he loves the noises the washing machines make (singing a variation of "The Wheels on the Bus"), while an Anything Muppet lady disagrees with him. He folds his clothes, then notices he's got one missing sock (all the rest of his socks are in pairs). He wonders where his sock went, when Abby Cadabby poofs into view. He shows her the one sock he has which is missing its match, and she proceeds to show him the trick she was going to show Elmo: her "Two Trick," which involves turning one thing into two.

  25. Sesame Street S39 E2 still E2

    2. Telly's New Shoes

    While a hungry customer wonders whether to have the soup or the salad, Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and is about to eat a salad of his own, when Abby Cadabby poofs into view, causing the salad to fly out of his hands and land on the customer's head. Abby shows Chris her new shoes that she got from the Shoe Fairy - shoes are special to her because fairies don't usually wear shoes.

  26. Sesame Street S39 E1 still E1

    1. The Golden Triangle of Destiny

    Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, as he serves Telly his lunch: a grilled-cheese sandwich, which is cut into Telly's favorite shape: a triangle. Suddenly, heroic music plays as Minnesota Mel, a swashbuckling hero, makes a swinging entrance. He's on one of his "patented high-stakes adventures," this time in search of the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

Season 40

2009 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 16 years ago

Sesame Street Season 40 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S40 E26 still E26

    26. Princess Show

    Finale

    Abby, Rosita and a penguin are going to play princesses. First, they decide to dance. Rosita leaps high into the air. Abby leaps even higher. The penguin takes a running start and leaps so high she lands on a balcony and can’t get down! Uh-oh! Suddenly, a prince enters and offers to rescue the penguin. He calls for her to let down her hair like the prince does in “Rapunzel,” but penguins don’t have any hair! Abby flies up and brings the penguin safely to the ground. Next, Abby, Rosita and the penguin go princess-roller skating, but the penguin can’t find her second skate. Never fear! The prince comes along to help. He pulls out a glass slipper, just as the prince does in “Cinderella”, but the penguin can’t skate with a glass slipper! Abby suggests they just look for the other skate. They find it and continue skating. Abby skates fast. Rosita skates even faster. The penguin skates the fastest and loses control. She crashes into a mailbox and gets stuck! The prince comes along to rescue her and give her a kiss, just like in “Sleeping Beauty” and “Snow White”, but a kiss won’t help the penguin get out of the mailbox. Rosita has a better idea! What if they cooperate and work together to help pull her out? It works! But the prince is upset. He wasn’t able to rescue a princess even once today. Abby explains that just because they are dressed as princesses, doesn’t mean they have to be saved. The prince agrees and they happily play a game of football together.

  2. Sesame Street S40 E25 still E25

    25. Jacks Grows His Own Beanstalk

    Jack from Jack and the Beanstalk comes to Sesame Street and tells Leela and Telly he has a problem. He only has a cow, but he needs a beanstalk! He knows he’s supposed to trade the cow for something but doesn’t know what. Leela gives him a clue—he needs to find something that grows in the ground. Jack quickly returns with a duck. But ducks don’t grow in the ground! Leela gives Jack another clue—to find something that rhymes with “jeans.” Jack comes back with a tambourine in each hand. “Tambourine” rhymes with “jeans” but tambourines don’t grow in the ground. They’re musical instruments. Jack becomes discouraged and is convinced he is never going to be able to grow a beanstalk. Leela gives him one more clue—he needs to look for something little. He trades the cow in and comes back with a handful of beans. They match all the clues—beans grow in the ground, rhyme with jeans, and they are little. Hooray! Jack found something that turns into a beanstalk. Leela shows Jack how to plant the beans in the garden. She covers the beans with soil, waters the beans, and lets the sun shine down. Suddenly, a huge beanstalk shoots up out of the ground. Telly, Leela, and Jack sing about the greatest green beanstalk that ever grew!

  3. Sesame Street S40 E24 still E24

    24. Abby's Tricycle

    Abby is preparing to ride her very first tricycle! She has her basket, helmet, and her friend Elmo, but Abby doesn’t know how to ride a tricycle. Elmo suggests that Gordon teach Abby since Gordon was the one to teach him. Gordon teaches Abby about all the different parts of a tricycle; the seat, handlebars, and pedals. Abby has trouble at first. She sits on the bike the wrong way. She also becomes frustrated riding her tricycle and thinks she needs magic to push the pedals. With hard work and practice, though, Abby learns to ride without help from Gordon. Whee! Abby becomes so excited that her wings start flapping, and her tricycle lifts off! Abby swoops back down to get Elmo and they both ride off together into the sky, singing on their tricycles.

  4. Sesame Street S40 E23 still E23

    23. Tribute to Number Seven

    Today is the number seven day on Sesame Street! Rosita, Abby, and Zoe begin singing about the number seven as they count seven dancing chickens. Next, Maria does the number seven rumba. As the seven celebration continues, a sniffling letter “S” arrives. He is sad because he can’t think of anything to do to help celebrate the number seven. Abby and Zoe get an idea! What if the letter “S” finds seven words that begin with the letter “S?” Abby, Zoe, and the letter “S” search for seven “S” words, and then sing a song about the words. Afterward, Abby performs number seven magic. Abby makes the number seven rise out of Elmo’s hat, seven butterflies appear out of Elmo’s ear, and—oh no! Seven Elmos appear instead of seven pumpkins! Luckily, Abby turns seven Elmos back into one Elmo, and tries her magic trick again. She succeeds! Abby turns one pumpkin into seven pumpkins. Hooray! It is an amazingly, awesome, super terrific, seven celebration!

  5. Sesame Street S40 E22 still E22

    22. The Counting Booth

    Uh-Oh! The Count has to leave his Counting Booth and has no one to watch it while he is gone. Luckily, Elmo and Abby agree to become the official Counting Booth Counters while he is away. They immediately have their first visitors, the Three Little Pigs. They ask to be counted one by one to make sure they are all there. Next, Old McDonald brings his chickens to the Counting Booth. He wants them to be counted in pairs—the same way The Count counts them. But Elmo and Abby are hesitant; they have never counted by two before! Maria comes along and shows them how to count by groups of two. Suddenly, Baby Bear runs into the counting booth holding ten boxes of crayons with five crayons in each. He explains that he doesn’t know how many crayons he has all together. Elmo is nervous, he has never counted by fives, but with the help of Maria, Abby and Elmo they are able to count each box by five. Next, Snuffy and Big Bird can’t figure out how many fingers all the birdkeeters have together. Elmo and Abby suggest counting by five, but Maria has a better suggestion. Why not count by ten? Elmo, Abby, Big Bird, and Snuffy count by ten all the way to eighty! Finally, Super Grover runs in. He needs a count down to fly off and save the world! With some help from Super Grover and a number line, Elmo and Abby are able to count down to one as Grover blasts off. The Count returns as Abby and Elmo share their new counting abilities!

  6. Sesame Street S40 E21 still E21

    21. The Planet G

    Maria helps Elmo write a story about the letter “G.” Elmo is having trouble thinking of letter “G” words, but Maria reminds him of the letter “G” sound. Elmo thinks of the word “golf”. He draws a picture of himself playing miniature golf and hitting the ball so hard it flies into space and lands on Planet “G!” Elmo remembers another “G” word, “goldfish”, just like Dorothy, his pet fish! He draws a picture of himself riding on a goldfish up to the planet “G” to look for the golf ball. He tries to think of another “G” word when Baby Bear stops by before he leaves for school. Baby Bear loves his teacher, Mother Goose. “Goose” begins with the letter “G!” Elmo incorporates a picture of a goose into his story. But uh-oh! The goose perches herself on Elmo’s golf ball, thinking it’s an egg. Elmo has to get the goose off the ball, but how will he do it? With the help of Zoe and her two friends who are “girls”, Elmo sings the “Get up and Go Dance” song. He draws a picture of the goose getting up and dancing with the two girls as he leaves the golf ball behind. All of a sudden, Elmo finds a hungry “goat” munching on a page of his story. When the goat stops eating, Elmo draws a picture of the goat trying to eat his golf ball in space. Luckily, in the story Elmo offers the goat some “goulash” and the goat drops the golf ball. He draws a picture of himself flying back to Sesame Street. Elmo excitedly reads the entire story of Elmo’s Adventure on the Planet G to Maria and Chris.

  7. Sesame Street S40 E20 still E20

    20. Wing in a Sling

    Big Bird is happily roller skating along Sesame Street. Uh-oh! Crash! Big Bird falls down! Chris runs over to help Big Bird who has injured his wing. Chris suggests they visit Dr. Berger so she can take a look, while the Count offers to watch Hooper’s store until Chris and Big Bird get back. Big Bird is nervous when they visit Dr. Berger’s office. What if it hurts? Dr. Berger carefully examines Big Bird’s wing and explains to Big Bird that while his wing isn’t broken, he has a bad sprain. Dr. Berger gently puts a sling on Big Bird’s arm and explains he has to rest for a few days. Big Bird is sad because he was planning on roller skating all day! When they return, Big Bird looks around Sesame Street and feels blue; there is nothing for him to do. Big Bird sees Elmo and Zoe who are playing with a beach ball. They ask him if he wants to play, but he can’t, not with his wing in a sling. Elmo and Zoe want to cheer up Big Bird. They sing about all the things Big Bird can do with an injured wing, such as singing songs, drawing pictures, and drinking birdseed milkshakes. Big Bird realizes there are lots of things he can do, especially spending time with good friends!

  8. Sesame Street S40 E19 still E19

    19. Inspected By 4

    Leela, Telly and Elmo are folding clothes in the laundromat when Inspector 4, Judah Friedlander, comes along to inspect for things that are in groups of four. Inspector 4 can’t find four of anything and threatens to shut down the Laundromat! Luckily, Elmo suggests counting the bottles of fabric softener. Time to count! 1,2,3,4! There are four bottles of fabric softener. They pass the number 4 inspection! Next, Inspector 4 visits Mr. Hooper’s store. Inspector 4 inspects the peanut butter sandwiches. Oh no! There are ten sandwiches and ten is more than four. Telly gets an idea! What if he eats some of the peanut butter sandwiches? Telly eats one sandwich, then two, and then three more sandwiches so that only four sandwiches remain. Hooper’s store passes the number 4 inspection! Last, Inspector 4 looks around the steps of Sesame Street and sees the letter “R” standing next to a rake. The Inspector 4 threatens to shut down the letter “R” because he only has one thing that begins with the letter “R”—rake. Elmo has an idea! What if they find three other things that begin with the letter “R” and add them together? Elmo, Telly and the letter “R” find a rose, a rock, and a rodent. They did it! They found four things that begin with the letter “R”! Inspector 4’s mission is completed!

  9. Sesame Street S40 E18 still E18

    18. Jack's Big Jump

    Jack Be Nimble is getting ready for his big jump over eight candlesticks! He tries to jump over them, but instead he knocks them over and falls. Jack runs away and hides. He messed up and now is having trouble jumping. Baby Bear and Telly find someone to help him—a kangaroo! The kangaroo sometimes has trouble jumping too, but he sings the Jumping Song to help him get over his fear. Luckily, Jack gets his jump back. He is ready to jump, but instead jumps quickly behind a bench. Jack is upset; he can jump up and down, but can’t jump over the candlesticks. Telly and Baby Bear race out and find a special cow—the cow that jumped over the moon! Jack practices jumping with the support and help from the cow and realizes that he is indeed ready to jump over eight candlesticks. Everybody is chanting when Jack flies into the air and jumps over not eight, but 11 candlesticks! He did it! Hooray! Telly and Baby Bear jump too!

  10. Sesame Street S40 E17 still E17

    17. Squirmadega Car Race

    Slimey is practicing for the Squirmadega Car Race. He zooms forward, backward, and around and around on the counter of Mr. Hopper’s store. Elmo excitedly gets ready to watch Slimey in the worm car race. Elmo is Slimey’s biggest fan and cheerleader! The worms’ race cars line up as the sportscaster, Jeff Gordon, introduces the five race car drivers. Elmo cheers! Jeff Gordon discusses the race course. The worms must drive over the laundry basket, under the table and around the fire hydrant to win the race. The worms start their engines and take off! Cars #1, #2, and #3 lose control and are quickly out of the race, but Shawna Wiggleson in Car #4 and Slimey in Car #5 are still going. It’s a close race! Slimey approaches the finishing line, but gets caught in Big Bird’s toes. Shawna pulls ahead and wins! Elmo is very sad and disappointed. He wanted Slimey to win and thinks Slimey’s sad because he lost the race. But Slimey is happy; he loves racing whether he wins or loses and he loves to practice, too. Elmo learns all that really matters is that Slimey did his best. And so did Elmo! He did a great job cheering Slimey on!

  11. Sesame Street S40 E16 still E16

    16. Camping Show

    Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! They unpack their camping supplies and take out two sleeping bags and two canteens. One sleeping bag and canteen for each of them. Next, they take out four hotdogs and marshmallows. Elmo gives two hotdogs and marshmallows to himself and two to Chris. Suddenly, a beaver emerges from the woods. Elmo asks Chris if the beaver can stay for dinner. The beaver explains that he doesn’t eat hot dogs and marshmallows but likes to eat bark. Next, two turtles come along. Elmo invites them to stay for dinner, too. Chris brings them a pile of green leaves and dandelions. Just when everyone is about to eat their dinner, two raccoons appear. Chris disappears into the woods and emerges holding acorns and berries for the raccoons. It is finally time to dig in when four ducks fly by the camp fire. They have just migrated back from Venezuela. The ducks decide to stay for dinner and tell Chris what they like to eat—snails, leaves, and bugs. Chris goes into the pond and brings back water plants. Finally, Chris, Elmo and all the animals eat dinner! Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night!

  12. Sesame Street S40 E15 still E15

    15. Amphibian Show

    Elmo and Abby are resting when suddenly it’s time to play the game show, “Find that Amphibian.” Elmo and Abby must find an amphibian before the game show’s tadpole turns into a frog. They don’t know what an amphibian is, but the announcer gives them a clue- an animal that starts out living in water. Elmo and Abby meet a fish and are convinced they have won the game! As the announcer explains, though, fish only live in water and not on land. Elmo and Abby look for their second clue- an animal that breathes air. They find an amphibian! A bird! They learn, though, that amphibians don’t have any feathers. Elmo and Abby look for their third clue-an animal with four legs. Elmo and Abby come across a horse, but a horse is a mammal, not an amphibian. Elmo and Abby use their last clue about metamorphosis to help them. They come across an alligator. Could this be an amphibian? No, an alligator is a reptile not an amphibian. He looks the same way now as he did when he was a baby, only bigger. Elmo and Abby are disappointed. They’re never going to find an amphibian! Luckily, they run into Chris who suggests that they find an animal that fits all the clues- an animal that lives in water when it’s a baby, breathes air as an adult, has four legs, and goes through metamorphosis. Suddenly, they think of Anne Phibian, the game show’s announcer. She matches all the clues. Hooray! They found an amphibian. And just in time! Elmo, Abby and Chris celebrate as they dance with the amphibians!

  13. Sesame Street S40 E14 still E14

    14. The Rainbow Show

    Elmo is drawing when he looks up in the sky and sees a rainbow! Wow! Elmo rushes to show everybody, but when Rosita arrives, the rainbow has disappeared. Elmo asks Leela if there is something he can do to bring the rainbow back. Leela offers to draw a picture of a rainbow. Leela can’t remember all the colors of the rainbow, but uses the acronym Roy G. Biv to help her remember the colors. Rosita likes the picture, but she wants to see a real rainbow. Elmo gets an idea! What about a rainbow of monsters? Elmo gathers monsters of all different colors; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. After many attempts, the monsters finally line up in appropriate order. Rosita enjoys seeing a rainbow of different colored monsters, but still wishes she could see a real rainbow. Abby hears Rosita and recites a magic rhyme to grant Rosita’s wish. Poof! Oh no! Instead of making a rainbow appear, raincoats appear on Elmo and Rosita! Abby tries again and again. Her magic rhyme still doesn’t work. Abby makes a rainstorm, instead of a rainbow. Everyone rushes inside, where Gordon makes a rainbow appear using a flashlight, a glass of water, and white paper. Afterward, as Elmo and Rosita are playing outside, Rosita looks up and sees something special, a rainbow! Elmo and Rosita sing all about the beautiful rainbow in the sky.

  14. Sesame Street S40 E13 still E13

    13. Abby Has the Sparkle Fairy Freckles

    Elmo and Abby are playing tag. Suddenly, Abby’s freckles start sparkling! Abby calls the Fairy Doctor who looks at Abby’s freckles. Abby has a case of the Sparkle Speckle Fairy Freckles! This is where freckles sparkle and glow, and eventually fall off. The Fairy Doctor tells Abby the magic words to get the freckles back, “Fricka-Fracka, Freckle Back-A”. All of a sudden, Abby’s freckles jump off of her face, glowing and bouncing all around! Abby, with the help of Alan, chases one freckle as it bounces into Hooper’s store. Chris spots it on a cereal box. Abby says the magic words and poof! The freckle returns to Abby’s face. Abby has five more to find! Rosita notices the dot on the center of her flower drawing is sparkling and so is the dot on the “i” in her name “Rosita.” Abby says the magic words two times and the freckles reappear on Abby’s face. Only three more to go! Abby notices that all the freckles seem to be hiding on little circles and realizes she should look for circles! Abby sees two more freckles go bouncing into the laundromat. Mama Bear notices a sparkling freckle on Baby Bear’s polka dotted underpants and Elmo notices a freckle on Leela’s nose ring. Magic word time! Abby leaves the Laundromat and notices a freckle on Cookie Monster’s cookie. He’s about to take a bite! Luckily, Abby stops him just in time to say the magic words and get the last and final freckle back on her face. Cookie Monster happily eats the cookie, while Abby admires the six freckles on her face!

  15. Sesame Street S40 E12 still E12

    12. Mary, Mary Quite Contrary

    Mary Mary Quite Contrary walks along Sesame Street and dumps a pile of dirt outside Oscar’s trash can. Gordon explains that she can not leave the dirt; she is making a mess! Mary Mary insists that she is going to grow a garden with silver bells and cockle shells. Gordon tries to tell her that silver bells and cockleshells aren’t alive. Gardens need to have things growing in them, like vegetables, fruits or flowers. Mary Mary decides she will grow flowers in her garden by using dirt, sun, and water. Later, Alan and Gina walk by Oscar’s trashcan and comment on the beautiful garden. But Oscar doesn’t like it! He wants Mary Mary to move her garden. As Mary Mary plants more flowers, Oscar decides to have his elephant, Fluffy squirt water at her. Maybe that will get her to move? But as Mary Mary explains, the water helps her flowers to grow. Oscar doesn’t know what to do! He sends over Hairy Hairy, from the Grouch nursery rhyme, with stinky weeds and moldy seeds and three pigs, but even that doesn’t get rid of Mary Mary and her garden. Suddenly, Oscar changes his mind. He likes the horrible smell from the stinky weeds and loud noises from the pigs. It’s a Grouch paradise! Mary Mary finds this out and decides to move the garden. She likes to be contrary and do the opposite of whatever anyone wants her to do. Mary Mary moves her garden while Gordon happily cleans up the remaining dirt!

  16. Sesame Street S40 E11 still E11

    11. The Cookie Tree

    Maria, Luis and Elmo are picking apples from an apple tree. Cookie Monster hears something loud and crunchy! He is excited because he thinks it’s a cookie, but is disappointed when he finds out the noise is an apple. Maria and Luis tell Cookie Monster that apples grow on trees, and share a story about how they planted an apple tree when they were younger. In fact, they are eating apples from the apple tree they planted many years ago! Cookie Monster gets an idea! What if he grew a chocolate chip cookie tree? Cookie Monster plants a chocolate chip in dirt and tries everything to help the “seed” grow. He places it in sunlight and gives it water but nothing happens. Cookie Monster sees Abby, who grants Cookie Monster a wish. Abby waves her magic wand and poof! A bunch of cookie trees begin to pop up! Abby’s wand begins to spin out of control and cookie trees pop up around Hooper’s store! But the cookies are too high for Cookie Monster and Elmo to reach. While Elmo helps Cookie Monster, Alan helps Abby think of a rhyme to poof the cookie trees away. Just as Elmo is about to reach for the cookie, the cookie trees disappear. Luckily, Maria and Luis give Cookie Monster a freshly baked apple cinnamon cookie made from apples they picked from their tree. Cookie Monster realizes that while chocolate chip cookies are delicious, freshly baked cinnamon apple cookies are just as yummy!

  17. Sesame Street S40 E10 still E10

    10. Grouch Messing Machine

    Elmo and Leela are in the laundromat when they hear a loud, clanging sound. Leela explains that the washing machine always gives her trouble and she wants to get rid of it, but Elmo insists that she keep it. Leela asks Luis to try to fix it again. When he arrives, he asks Elmo to find a wrench in his tool box. After a few tries, Elmo finally finds a wrench. Luis opens the lid of the machine to see if it is fixed but it squirts water in his face! Luis decides he needs to put in a new nut in the shape of a hexagon. Elmo finds a nut but it only has four sides. He looks again and finds one with six sides! A hexagon! Luis tightens the nut and tries the machine again. It starts to bang, clang, and hiccup louder than ever! Suddenly, the machine starts to move! Luis suggests that something might be stuck in the spin basket. He opens it and pulls out different objects as Elmo adds them up—seven objects all together! Luis throws in clothes and detergent to see if the machine works. All of a sudden, the machine lid explodes, spewing clothes and soap everywhere! Now Leela really wants to get rid of the machine, but Elmo insists they keep it and reuse it for another purpose. But for what? Oscar announces that he thinks it’s the greatest machine ever! That’s it! The machine can be reused as a “Grouch’s Messing Machine!” All the grouches come running to take turns messing up their clothes. It’s a grouch dream machine!

  18. Sesame Street S40 E9 still E9

    9. Elmo Finds a Baby Bird

    Elmo and Rosita are thinking of rhymes when they hear, “Peep, peep.” Suddenly, a little baby bird appears. Elmo and Rosita want to help the bird but do not know why he is peeping. Chris hears the chirping and places the bird in a tree, but the bird hops out next to Chris! Elmo, Rosita, and Chris think the bird is hungry and Big Bird comes along and suggests feeding the baby bird some birdseed. After all, that’s what Big Bird likes to eat! Cookie Monster strolls by and is about to eat his granola cookie, when the baby bird pounces on it and eats it all! The baby bird begins flapping his wings. Elmo and Rosita decide they will teach the baby bird how to fly! But how? Elmo and Rosita try different things to show the baby bird, but nothing works. Abby comes along and places a flying spell on the baby bird. Uh-oh! The spell works on Chris instead. Chris reminds Abby she doesn’t need magic to teach the bird how to fly. Instead, she should use her wings. Abby demonstrates how to flap her wings as she sings, “The Flapping Song.” The baby bird begins to fly over Sesame Street! Just then, the mommy bird perches on Chris’s shoulder. Baby bird and her mother fly off together as Elmo, Chris and Rosita wave goodbye.

  19. Sesame Street S40 E8 still E8

    8. Stinky's Annual Birthday Flower

    Elmo and Zoe are coloring when they find out it's Stinky the plant’s birthday. Zoe and Elmo decide to get him a present. Elmo surprises Stinky by giving him a drum, but plants can’t hold drumsticks. Zoe has an idea! What about a lovely tutu? Zoe surprises Stinky with a tutu to wear when he dances. Stinky tries to dance, but is unable to, as he is a plant in a pot! Rosita and Cookie Monster come along with their own presents. Rosita brings Stinky a guitar but his leaves scratch the strings and make a horrible sound. Next, Cookie Monster rushes in with a plate of cookies but plants don’t eat cookies. Big Bird comes along and gives Stinky balloons. He ties the balloons to Stinky’s pot, but Stinky begins to fly away! Luckily, Chris rescues him and brings him back safely to the ground. Elmo explains to Chris that they have been trying to get Stinky the perfect birthday gift. Chris reminds Elmo they should think about what Stinky would like for his birthday not what each of them would like. Elmo asks Stinky what plants need. That’s easy! He already has soil, so he needs water, sunlight and love! Big Bird carries Stinky’s pot over to a spot on the table in the sun, Cookie Monster carries over a pitcher of water and waters Stinky, and Zoe and Rosita give him a big hug! Then they throw him a big birthday party and sing about the importance of giving sun, water, and love to plants like Stinky!

  20. Sesame Street S40 E7 still E7

    7. Bears Try to Hibernate

    There is a porridge shortage on Sesame Street! Telly runs to tell Baby Bear, but when he finds him, he is getting ready to hibernate until springtime when there is porridge again. What is Telly supposed to do for five months without a best friend? Telly and Baby bear set up a play date for the spring when Baby Bear wakes up. Telly says goodbye and the bears try to go to sleep, but they are not tired! First, they try counting, but that does not work. Then they call Max Bear, a hibernation consultant. Max Bear arrives and tells the bears that their cottage is too warm. They must go outside where it is cold. The bears look for an empty cave or hollow tree and sing all about bears. Finally, they find a flower bed that they can dig a hole and sleep in called a den. Telly and Chris see the bears digging and go outside to check on them. Max Bear says that they should eat something before they hibernate. Chris suggests cereal and goes to Hooper’s Store. When Chris comes back, they try the cereal and like it! In fact, the cereal is so good that they decide to eat it all winter long and not hibernate! Hooray! Baby Bear happily eats the cereal while spending time with his good friend Telly.

  21. Sesame Street S40 E6 still E6

    6. Y a Quest? Y Not

    Telly excitedly runs to Abby and Elmo to tell them he has the book they’ve been waiting for, How to be a Knight for a Day. Hooray! Telly, Abby and Elmo look to the book to tell them how to become knights. First, they have to wear a suit of shining armor. They zip off and whoosh! Elmo, Abby and Telly are dressed in suits of armor. Clank! Clank! Clank! Next, they must sing a knight song, so they sing, “We Are Three Knights So Merry.” Then the book tells them they must go on a quest. But they don’t know what to search for! As Elmo, Telly, and Abby think about their quest, they hear a whimpering letter “Y.” When they ask the letter “Y” why he is crying, he tells them he is unsure of his purpose in life. He can’t think of any words that begin with the “Y” sound. That’s it! Telly decides their quest will be to look for things that begin with the letter “Y.” First, they enter Gina’s veterinarian office looking for animals that begin with the letter “Y.” Then they decide to check the laundromat but they still can’t find any “Y” words. Next, they visit Alan at Hooper’s store. Just as they are about to leave, they see a hairy cow passing, but are disappointed because hairy cow doesn’t begin with a “Y.” But wait! Alan explains that the hairy cow is actually a yak, and yak begins with “y.” All of the sudden, Abby, Elmo, and Telly think of other words that begin with the letter “Y,” such as yogurt and yo-yo. They did it! They found words that begin with the letter “Y.” Elmo, Abby and Telly sing the knight song and cheer in delight!

  22. Sesame Street S40 E5 still E5

    5. Abby Makes Seasons Change

    Chris is enjoying the beautiful spring weather as Elmo races to tell Chris that he found a sled in his closet and is going to go sledding! Chris reminds Elmo that it’s spring and that there is no snow. Elmo has to wait for the seasons to change! Elmo wishes it was winter so he could go sledding again. Abby pops in and hears Elmo make a wish. Abby recites a weather spell to change the seasons. But instead of changing the weather to winter, she changes it to summer. The blossoms are all gone and the arbor is filled with green leaves. Baby Bear and Telly who were playing a game of tag are now too hot to play. Abby tries again. This time she recites the weather spell and it becomes fall! It’s windy and the leaves have changed colors. Abby gives it one more try and it works. It’s freezing outside! There are no leaves on the tree and Baby Bear has fallen asleep! He’s hibernating until spring. Elmo is excited it’s winter; now he can go sledding! After talking to Chris, Elmo realizes that changing the seasons wasn’t such a good idea after all. Chris explains that that the seasons have to come in their own time. Abby recites another magic weather spell and Sesame Street is transformed again to a perfect spring day. Hooray! Now they can enjoy the gorgeous spring weather!

  23. Sesame Street S40 E4 still E4

    4. Wild Nature Survivor Guy

    Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds himself on Sesame Street. He is accustomed to surviving in the wilds of nature and thinks he needs to “survive” out on Sesame Street. Elmo and Rosita are confused. He is not alone and he’s not in the middle of nature, but he is convinced nature is all around them! First, Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds a tomato plant and bites into a ripe tomato. Not only do tomatoes come from nature, but so do all the fruits and vegetables on display outside Hooper’s store. Next, Wild Nature Survivor Guy looks for water to quench his thirst. He finds leaves with drops of water and puts the water together to drink. Wild Nature Survival Guy becomes concerned about nighttime approaching, and looks for ways to keep warm. He picks up feathers and puts them inside his shirt. Oh my! They tickle! Elmo offers him a coat, but Wild Nature Survivor Guy explains that feathers are what make most coats warm. The sun begins to set, and Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds perfect shelter, Big Bird’s nest! It has lots of branches, and lots of animals use trees and braches as shelter. Even houses are made of wood. Wild Nature Survivor Guy sings a song about nature as Elmo and Rosita realize that nature is all around them!

  24. Sesame Street S40 E3 still E3

    3. Baby Bear is Afraid of Bees

    Baby Bear and Abby are near a garden when a bee flies by. Baby Bear is filled with panic because he is afraid of bees! Chris reminds him that they are usually harmless when left alone, but Baby Bear doesn’t care; he wants nothing to do with them. Abby suggests granting Baby Bear a wish so that he isn’t afraid of bees. Abby points her wand at Baby Bear, but Chris, who is standing close by, also gets hits with her magic. Baby Bear and Chris both turn into bees! Oops! Abby doesn’t know how to fix the spell. As Abby calls her mommy to find a solution, the bees put Chris and Baby Bear to work! But they don’t understand what they need to do—how do bees help flowers? After talking to a bee, Baby Bear learns that bees are important because they collect pollen and nectar, and help living things grow. Later, Chris and Baby Bear find themselves in a beehive. They learn that bees make wax and honey and that honeycombs are shaped like a hexagon. By the time Baby Bear and Chris return to Sesame Street, Abby has learned how to undo the spell. She waves her magic wand, and Chris and Baby Bear turn back into themselves! In the end, Abby’s spell really did work! Baby Bear is no longer afraid of bees. In fact, Baby Bear tells Abby all about how important and incredible bees really are!

  25. Sesame Street S40 E2 still E2

    2. Cowmonster Pair

    Elmo and Telly are at Hooper's Store when Little Bo Peep comes looking for her cow. Elmo and Telly offer to help her and decide to call themselves the Cowmonster Pair! Luis comes along and sings about animal tracks and now Elmo and Telly have their first clue! They find animal tracks on the ground, but when Telly tosses his lasso around an animal, it’s a chicken, not a cow! Luis gives them another clue and sings about tracks that are kind of round. Telly and Elmo come across round animal tracks and are certain they found the cow! Telly tosses the lasso around an animal but this time it’s a raccoon. Luis comes along again and gives them another musical cow clue- animal tracks that are in the shape of two half moons. They find tracks that are kind of round and look like two half moons, but the tracks are from a moose, not a cow! Telly becomes discouraged and Elmo reminds Telly they can’t give up. Instead, they should use the clues they already have and put them all together. Elmo realizes that they have to find animal tracks that look like the moose tracks, only smaller! This time, they follow animal tracks that lead to a door. They open the door and there is the cow! Yee-haw! Little Bo Peep thanks the Cowmonster Pair for finding her cow. They are true cow finding experts!

  26. Sesame Street S40 E1 still E1

    1. Frankly It's Becoming a Habitat

    Big Bird is eating a hot bowl of soup on a cold day outside Hooper's Store when Freddy Flapman, played by Lin-Manuel Miranda, from Flychert Real Estate, finds Big Bird and tries to convince him to migrate somewhere warm. Freddy Flapman tells him that he might like living in a new habitat and takes Big Bird on a virtual tour! First, Freddy Flapman takes Big Bird to the beach where there are pelicans and gulls and beautiful ocean views. Next, Freddy Flapman transforms Sesame Street into a big swamp where Big Bird learns all about this habitat and where owls and ducks like to live. Freddy Flapman pops up one last time and Big Bird’s nest area is turned into a beautiful rainforest! Big Bird likes it. The rainforest is warm and colorful and has animals of every color and size. In fact, Big Bird likes it so much he wants to move there! Big Bird begins packing and waving good bye to all of his friends on Sesame Street. Just as he is about to leave, Big Bird’s friends remind him of all the things he would miss if he migrated to the rainforest. Big Bird realizes he can’t leave, after all this is where all of his friends are and Sesame Street is where he belongs!

Season 41

2010 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 15 years ago

Sesame Street Season 41 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S41 E26 still E26

    26. Abby Tries & Tries Again

    Leela is closing the Laundromat early because she and Chris are going to a party in the neighborhood. Abby appears and wants to help Leela get dressed. She uses rhyme and magic but Leela accidentally gets transformed into a pirate and then into a football player. After Abby says a rhyme that’s really clear about she wants, Leela is finally dressed as a princess with a ball gown, glass slippers and a tiara. Abby decides to give Leela party hair, too, so she recites another rhyming spell. Now her hair tricks aren’t working, either. Leela reminds Abby that she just has to be really clear in her rhyme about what she wants. It works! Abby gives Leela a pretty, fancy hairdo. Chris arrives to walk with Leela to the party, but she has trouble walking in the glass slippers. To help them get to the party, Abby uses a transportation trick. After a few mishaps, she makes a coach appear, just like Cinderella’s. Chris decides he wants to be dressed like Prince Charming but Abby accidentally turns him into a pirate! Chris likes this outfit even better and he and Leela go to the party. Abby loves to help!

  2. Sesame Street S41 E25 still E25

    25. Grouch Mother's Day

    Oscar tries to give his mom the worst Grouchy Mother's Day ever, but he has keen competition from his sister Bunny. Also: the "Word on the Street" features Rachel Griffiths ("Brothers & Sisters") discussing the word "dozen" with Elmo.

  3. Sesame Street S41 E24 still E24

    24. Dirtballs

    Oscar and two other grouches set out to dirty the clean neighborhood, but their attempts backfire.

  4. Sesame Street S41 E23 still E23

    23. Zoe Loves Rocco

    Zoe asks Elmo to watch her pet rock Rocco for her, but he's too busy playing with Baby David to notice when the rock disappears. He tries to placate Zoe by giving her a new rock, then uses his memory to figure out where the rock went.

  5. Sesame Street S41 E22 still E22

    22. Rock, Rock Band

    Vergil Von Vivaldi, played by Michael McKean, has come to Sesame Street to start a rock band made completely out of rocks! Vergil sings a song to show that there are rocks all over Sesame Street. He points out that the sidewalk, a statue in the garden, and the building are all made of rocks. Elmo and Abby join Vergil to search for rocks and try to identify their names based on their characteristics. First, they find a tiny rock, called a pebble. It is too light to be the singer of the rock band, but can be the tambourine player. Elmo then sees a heavy rock. It will play the gong in the rock band. Zoe comes by and suggests Rocco could be the lead singer. The group observes that Rocco is a rock called basalt, which means it came from a volcano. Unfortunately it has too many holes, so he can’t be the lead singer but can play the bass. Elmo finds limestone with fossils of leaves and shells on it from a long, long, long time ago. Vergil says the limestone can play the flute. Zoe finds a shiny rock called obsidian. It will play the oboe. Then, Abby finds marble that is sparkly and colorful. Marble will play the mandolin. Since they haven’t found a lead singer, Abby finally changes Vergil into a smooth, crystal like, sparkly rock called a gem. He can be the lead singer. The only thing left to do is… rock!

  6. Sesame Street S41 E21 still E21

    21. Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair

    Baby Bear and Telly are reporters at the Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair! Everyone’s favorite fairy tale characters are solving problems with science. Little Red Riding Hood is the first fairy tale scientist and she can’t tell the difference between her granny and the Big Bad Wolf. She decides to solve her problem by observing and comparing. After she looks closely and carefully, she points out their similarities and differences and discovers who her real granny is! Cinderella, who just loves science, asks a question about whether a pumpkin will float or sink. They form a hypothesis and conduct an experiment to test it. Baby Bear and Telly think that it will sink, but the pumpkin actually floats! Next, the Three Little Pigs become worried about the Big Bad Wolf blowing down their house. They discuss what they already know: the wolf is coming and he can huff and puff and blow them away. They decide to build a house to protect them, but can’t agree upon which material is the best. Baby Bear helps them design an experiment to figure out which material is the sturdiest. They each make a hypothesis and use a fan to see which material won’t blow away- straw, sticks, or brick. The pigs conclude that brick is the best material. The Big Bad Wolf arrives, but to his disappointment, he can’t blow down the brick house. Science saved the day and solved lots of problems on Sesame Street!

  7. Sesame Street S41 E20 still E20

    20. Veggies Revolt

    Chris serves Telly a tuna sandwich with no lettuce just when a group of vegetables is heard nearby. They are holding picket signs, while marching and chanting. Anderson Cucumber, a reporter for VNN, arrives to find out what’s going on. The vegetables aren’t taking it anymore. They think no one likes them and they don’t feel appreciated, especially because Telly didn’t order lettuce on his tuna sandwich. Telly explains he was actually going to have salad on the side. Everything seems okay now until Zoe leaves broccoli on her plate. Chris encourages Zoe to eat her broccoli, but she would prefer to dance. So, Chris introduces The Veggie Dance! All the dancing makes Zoe hungry, so she tries the broccoli and loves it! This makes the vegetables happy until Anderson Cucumber reports that Cookie Monster is eating cookies instead of vegetables. Chris helps Cookie Monster pretend that his vegetables are cookies, such as a delicious broccoli cookie. Cookie Monster devours the entire plate of vegetables! Another victory for the vegetables! Shortly after, baby Natasha refuses to taste the strained vegetables that Gina is feeding her. The vegetables become offended again and plan to leave, but Chris explains that Natasha is just a baby, and everyone else on Sesame Street loves vegetables. However, by the time everyone finishes singing “We Love You Vegetables,” even baby Natasha has eaten her peas!

  8. Sesame Street S41 E19 still E19

    19. Twins Day on Sesame Street

    Twins are celebrated with their own special day. Chris introduces his twin sister Christy; Abby and Zoe decide they want to be each other's twin.

  9. Sesame Street S41 E18 still E18

    18. Saved By Superfoods

    The Super Food Super Heroes come to the aid of Super Grover and Elmo, who are unsure of what a kiwi is; Rosita, whose bag of crunchy twists spilled when Super Grover opened it for her; and Super Grover himself, whose decision to skip breakfast has left him too weak to lift a rooster's heavy suitcase.

  10. Sesame Street S41 E17 still E17

    17. Puddle Jumping

    On a rainy day, Elmo waits for puddles to form so that he can splash in them. He pretends to shower with Baby Bear; watches Stinky drink the rain; and meets Cookie Monster, who pretends the rain drops are cookies.

  11. Sesame Street S41 E16 still E16

    16. Rakhi Road

    Leela is making bracelets to celebrate an Indian holiday called Rakhi, a time when sisters, brothers, and friends show how much they love each other by exchanging special bracelets, foods, and gifts. Leela already sent a bracelet to her brother, Sunil, in India and now she is expecting a bracelet from him any moment. While she waits, she helps Telly and Zoe make bracelets for their friends. Just then, a delivery person brings a box that turns out to be a sample of laundry detergent-- not her brother’s gift. Meanwhile, at Hooper’s Store, Elmo comes upon Chris who is making a bracelet for Leela. He wants to do something special for Leela since she’s feeling homesick. They decide to use the computer to learn more about Rakhi and to find some recipes for traditional Indian foods such as phirni, carrot halwa and laddoo. Now all they need is some Indian music to make the Rakhi party complete! Leela is surprised and happy to see how Chris and Elmo brought a little bit of India to Sesame Street with all of the decorations, food, and music. Everyone exchanges their bracelets and Sunil’s bracelet for Leela finally arrives in the mail! Now the Rakhi party can really begin. Everyone dances and sings about the importance of friendship and family.

  12. Sesame Street S41 E15 still E15

    15. Fetch The Letter ‘I’

    Elmo and Telly build the letter I with their "Letter of the Day" kit, but Iggy the dog---who was playing fetch with Rosita---snatches it from them and takes off.

  13. Sesame Street S41 E14 still E14

    14. Where’s The Itsy Bitsy Spider?

    Elmo, Telly, and Rosita wait for the Itsy Bitsy spider to appear on a water spout in the arbor. Chris loves the song “Itsy Bitsy Spider,” so they all sing it together. After Chris leaves, they decide to find Itsy Bitsy. First, they think about where bugs are found: near plants, flowers, and in dirt. Using the clues, they decide the Itsy Bitsy Spider might be in the garden. When they reach the garden, Telly observes a bug with six legs but they find out it’s a beetle, not a spider. The beetle teaches them that a spider is not an insect, but an arachnid, or a bug with eight legs. They come upon a second bug, but it’s another insect- a hopping grasshopper! The grasshopper gives them the clue to check the spider’s home. Rosita spots an ant hill, but they find out that ants, not spiders, live in ant hills. Then they count the ant’s legs and realize it’s an insect, not an arachnid. The ant gives them the clue that a spider lives in a sticky and stringy place. Elmo realizes that they need to look for a spider web. Telly finds part of a web and follows the string until they reach the Itsy Bitsy Spider! But Itsy Bitsy explains she has more important things to do than sing “Itsy Bitsy Spider.” She is waiting for her egg sac to hatch. Suddenly, the sac hatches, and Telly, Rosita, and Elmo watch in awe as the tiny baby spiders are born!

  14. Sesame Street S41 E13 still E13

    13. The A Team

    Abby, Elmo, and Telly join the 'A' Team and help people solve problems using letter A words. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 9.

  15. Sesame Street S41 E12 still E12

    12. There’s An App For That

    Baby Bear is ordering a bowl of porridge at Hooper’s Store when Telly comes in bouncing on his pogo stick. As he’s practicing the boingarooni, the hardest pogo trick, Mack, the pogo salesman, bounces in and tries to sell Telly and Baby Bear an iPogo stick. With an iPogo, not only can you boing without ever falling off, you can do almost anything- make a phone call, take a picture, and cool off hot porridge! Telly agrees to exchange his old, beloved pogo stick for a brand new iPogo. When he tries it, the iPogo seems to do everything but boing. Baby Bear uses the manual to figure out that they need to press a hexagon icon to get the iPogo to boing, but when he tries that, it ejects Telly right off! Then, they try a triangle icon, but that shakes Telly like a milkshake. Telly finally does the perfect boingarooni, but is disappointed because the iPogo did it for him. Telly asks the salesman for his old pogo stick back and everyone celebrates as Telly does the boingarooni all by himself!

  16. Sesame Street S41 E11 still E11

    11. Snuffle Sneeze

    Snuffy can't stop sneezing after meeting up with Big Bird, who's fresh from a dust bath. Gina thinks it might be an allergy and does some tests to see if it is.

  17. Sesame Street S41 E10 still E10

    10. Up In The Air

    Big Bird and Snuffy are having a playdate and jumping in the arbor to see who can stay in the air the longest. They quickly realize that they come right back down after jumping in the air. Gordon comes by and explains that they can’t stay up in the air because of gravity. They might not be able to see it, but gravity pulls everything, big and small, down to the ground. Big Bird and Snuffy watch as Gordon shows them examples of gravity by experimenting with different items such as a book, a writing pad, a ruler, and a pencil. Shortly after Gordon leaves, Big Bird and Snuffy see Abby and tell her what they have just learned. They can’t help but think how fun it would be if there wasn’t any gravity and they could float in the air. With some help from Abby’s magic, they do just that! Floating is so much fun until they try to play catch, and the ball doesn’t come down. Then, they try to play with their race car, but it floats away too. Even their sandwich floats away! Suddenly, Gordon floats toward them and calls Abby to bring back gravity so things can return to normal. With a spell and the wave of her wand, gravity returns. Big Bird and Snuffy happily return to the ground and continue their playdate!

  18. Sesame Street S41 E9 still E9

    9. Bert’s Pigeon Search

    Leela fixes Elmo and Abby's rocket and they begin playing spaceship, making "brr brr" sounds for their rocket. Bert rushes in, thinking he's heard a blue-bar pigeon. He shows them his Pigeon Life List, featuring seven different varieties of pigeons. He has a check for each one, except a blue-bar. Upset, he leaves for home. The two decide to help Bert out by finding the pigeon for him. Abby magically whips up some safari gear and they use their binoculars to look for a bird. They see one in the distance and go to him.

  19. E8

    8. Music Magic

    Elmo makes everyone on Sesame Street sing---with a wave of Abby's magic wand.

  20. Sesame Street S41 E7 still E7

    7. The Whoosh & Vanish Mystery

    Telly and Elmo are going to play basketball, but Telly feels they need a snack first. They lay their ball on the table and head to Hooper's. Chris serves them some healthy apple slice and the duo head off, just as a large gust of wind starts blowing. The two find their ball is now missing!

  21. Sesame Street S41 E6 still E6

    6. The Furry Four

    Telly, Abby, and Elmo are reading Telly’s favorite comic book “The Furry Four!” They decide to pretend to be The Furry Four and quickly change into their furry, super costumes. Elmo is the Furry Flash, Abby is the Furry Tornado, and Telly is Mr. Furry! But that only makes three. They need one more member to be Furry Muscles so they can become The Furry Four. Telly, Elmo, and Abby go on a mission to find one more member! First, the superheroes run into Rosita and Zoe. They could be the The Furry Five, but Rosita and Zoe have planned to plant flowers in the garden with Maria. The mission continues. Abby, Telly, and Elmo think they found their fourth member when they come across a chicken, but he flies away in his cape. Next, they come across a squirrel who agrees to become the fourth member but he hurts his back trying to lift a mailbox while activating his super, furry power. Just then they see Chris sweeping outside Mr. Hooper’s Store. It turns out that he would love to pretend to be Furry Muscles and join the group. At last they found one more! Their first mission as The Furry Four is complete!

  22. Sesame Street S41 E5 still E5

    5. What’s That Noise

    Elmo is sleeping over at Maria and Luis' apartment. When Elmo tries to sleep, he hears a strange noise. He calls them in, but the sounds stop when they listen.

  23. Sesame Street S41 E4 still E4

    4. The Ironing Monster

    Leela and Elmo are sorting laundry in the Laundromat when Grover stops by to have his Super Grover cape cleaned. Grover realizes that people all over the Laundromat need his help. Bert has soggy socks, Gina is out of fabric softener, and Cookie Monster has a stain. Without his cape, a new superhero must be born! Grover returns as Iron Monster, complete with a metal suit! Chris shows up asking Leela to break his dollar so he can do his laundry. Iron Monster misunderstands and wrestles with the dollar to “break” it. Leela comes back and explains that Chris just needs quarters&ndas; four quarters for each dollar. Gabi comes to the Laundromat with two mustard stains on her sweatshirt. Iron Monster tries to get rid of the stains by subtracting them, but adds five more stains instead! Leela shows Iron Monster how to subtract all of the stains with a stain remover as Elmo counts along. Finally, Iron Monster tries to solve Maria’s problem by using static cling to find Maria’s missing sock. After laundry goes flying everywhere, Leela suggests they check the missing sock box. They sort through different patterns and find the lost red and white striped sock. Finally, Grover’s cape is ready. Before he flies off for his next adventure, Grover points out that Iron Monster is not needed anymore because the Laundromat already has a fantastic superhero, Leela!

  24. Sesame Street S41 E3 still E3

    3. Chicken About Thunderstorms

    It’s a windy, overcast day on Sesame Street. Elmo, Abby, Leela, and some chickens have just won the first game of the T-Ball season. They are celebrating with Chris when they hear a loud rumble of thunder and raindrops start falling. The chickens start to panic, and everyone gathers into Hooper’s Store where it’s safe. Elmo suggests that the chickens cover their eyes so they don’t get scared by the lightning, but that doesn’t stop them from hearing the thunder. Abby waves her wand and puts earmuffs on the chickens. This time, they don’t hear the thunder but they can still see the lightning! As they continue to panic, Leela suggests that they comfort the chickens by telling them that they are safe and explain what thunderstorms are. One chicken calms down, but the other three are still scared. To help the others feel better they try watching the storm like a fireworks show, counting in between the lightning and thunder to hear the storm moving away. They also make their own lighting and thunder musical performance inside Mr. Hooper’s store. It works! The remaining three chickens calm down just as the storm fades away. The sun comes out and everyone heads back outside to play T-Ball!

  25. Sesame Street S41 E2 still E2

    2. The Happy Scientists

    Gordon is grading his classes’ science experiments when Elmo, Rosita, and Telly run in and accidentally land on the papers. Gordon encourages Elmo, Rosita, and Telly that anyone, including them, can be scientists. All they need to do is to ask questions and investigate! They look around Sesame Street and see Leela giving Barkley a bath. Elmo comes up with a question: Does everyone on Sesame Street take a bath? Gordon guides them through the scientific process. First, Elmo and Rosita hypothesize, or guess, that everyone takes a bath. Telly isn’t sure that everyone takes a bath so he forms a different hypothesis. They investigate and record their observations in their journals. They find out that Chris takes a bath, a cat licks itself and takes a tongue bath, a sparrow takes a dust bath, an owl takes a sun bath to get rid of germs, and even Oscar takes a mud bath in his trash can. This makes Telly mad since his hypothesis was wrong-everyone does take a bath on Sesame Street. Gordon explains that it’s okay to be wrong in science because the most important part is the process, or the steps you take to get your answer. Telly, Rosita, and Elmo become happy scientists! They not only learn all about the scientific process, but also find an answer to their important question!

  26. Sesame Street S41 E1 still E1

    1. Camouflage Challenge

    Elmo is taking pictures with his friends when they hear someone say something. It’s Camouflage Carla, played by Kyra Sedgwick! She is camouflaging and blending into the wall behind her. Elmo and Rosita want to camouflage too! Camouflage Carla tells them to join The Camouflage Club. All they have to do is pass the Camouflage Challenge and find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street in six minutes. First, they find a grasshopper that blends in with a bush. Next, they spot two butterflies that are camouflaged among the flowers. Then, they find a green lizard perched on a green leaf. Finally, they find two ladybugs camouflaged on Elmo’s red fur! Elmo takes a snapshot of each critter as they go on their adventure. At the end, they count six camouflaged things altogether. They passed the Camouflage Challenge! Carla gives each of them their very own uniform and Elmo and Rosita become full-fledged members of The Camouflage Club!

Season 42

2011 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 14 years ago

Sesame Street Season 42 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S42 E26 still E26

    26. Elmo Wants to Have a Ball

    Finale

    Elmo works to earn money and saves up to buy a new ball.

  2. Sesame Street S42 E25 still E25

    25. Furry Potter

    Telly's book is too long to read by himself, but he likes reading it with Gordon.

  3. Sesame Street S42 E24 still E24

    24. Rhyming Block

    Abby and Elmo help Mother Goose write three new nursery rhymes.

  4. Sesame Street S42 E23 still E23

    23. What's in Big Bird's Nest?

    The Princess investigates why Big Bird can't sleep and discovers a pea in his nest.

  5. Sesame Street S42 E22 still E22

    22. The All Our Senses Club

    Telly, Elmo and Rosita help out by using their five senses.

  6. Sesame Street S42 E21 still E21

    21. Falling Leaves

    Chris, Elmo and Rosita brainstorm ways to protect Stinky from falling leaves.

  7. Sesame Street S42 E20 still E20

    20. The Flood

    Oscar helps fix a leaking, broken pipe.

  8. Sesame Street S42 E19 still E19

    19. Super Maria

    The Count counts all the broken things that Gordon needs to fix.

  9. Sesame Street S42 E18 still E18

    18. Elmozilla

    The growth chart shows Elmo hasn’t grown much, so Abby casts a spell to make him grow tall.

  10. Sesame Street S42 E17 still E17

    17. A Prince of a Frog

    Elmo and Abby learn that frogs are amphibians while helping a princess turn one into a prince.

  11. Sesame Street S42 E16 still E16

    16. Getting Centered

    Telly practices balancing his weight during yoga class.

  12. Sesame Street S42 E15 still E15

    15. Cast Iron Cooks

    Alan, Chris and Elmo are challenged to make stew with things that start with the letter "P".

  13. Sesame Street S42 E14 still E14

    14. Letter 'R' Mystery

    Abby and Elmo investigate who is stealing things that start with the letter "R".

  14. Sesame Street S42 E13 still E13

    13. Siblings

    Baby Bear's a little aggravated with Curly Bear as they're coloring—he doesn't want to share the crayons. Sometimes it's hard to share with a sibling, Chris and Christy explain. They should know—they're twins.

  15. Sesame Street S42 E12 still E12

    12. Elmo and the Butterfly

    Elmo and Telly are reading the book Fascinating Facts about Insects. First, they see two ants and learn from their book that ants never sleep. Next, they see two ladybugs and learn that ladybugs smell with their feet. When a butterfly flutters in, they wonder where his friends are and worry that he is lonely.

  16. Sesame Street S42 E11 still E11

    11. Baby Bear's doll

    Baby Bear and Curly Bear are playing with dolls, and Telly comes by with his bulldozer. But Baby Bear's embarrassed to be playing with dolls, so he tells Telly that the doll is Curly's.

  17. Sesame Street S42 E10 still E10

    10. Big Bad Wolf Huffs and Puffs Slimey

    Oscar's getting ready to take Slimey to the mud hole, but what's this? It's the Three Little Pigs being chased by the Big Bad Wolf! The wolf huffs and puffs at Slimey too, who goes flying through the air and lands in Snuffy's lunch.

  18. Sesame Street S42 E9 still E9

    9. The Good Birds Club

    Big Bird's singing a happy song—he's been invited to join the Good Bird's Club! But the president of the club teases him about his bright yellow feathers and his gigantic feet, eyes, wings, and beak. Big Bird feels just terrible and asks Abby to cast a magic spell to change his appearance.

  19. Sesame Street S42 E8 still E8

    8. Goodbye Pacifier

    Curly Bear is unsure about giving up her binky, so Elmo tries to help.

  20. Sesame Street S42 E7 still E7

    7. Humpty Dumpty's Big Break

    Telly is very worried about Humpty Dumpty falling off the wall, but Humpty explains that he is there to watch a football game

  21. Sesame Street S42 E6 still E6

    6. Latinization of Marco

    Gina explains to Rosita that since Marco was born in Guatemala, where people speak Spanish, she would like him to learn Spanish too.

  22. Sesame Street S42 E5 still E5

    5. Shape-O-Bots

    Andy Samberg gets help from Telly, Elmo, and Rosita who are playing Shape-O-Bots, robots that actually transform into shapes to help people.

  23. Sesame Street S42 E4 still E4

    4. Observe, Record and Annoy

    Jerry O'Connell observes a pie Murray has baked.

  24. Sesame Street S42 E3 still E3

    3. The Bubble Fest

    George Lopez, Elmo and Abby show what a liquid is

  25. Sesame Street S42 E2 still E2

    2. Rocco's Boat

    Elmo and Zoe make a boat for Zoe's pet rock Rocco.

  26. Sesame Street S42 E1 still E1

    1. Failure to Launch

    Hubert the Human Cannonball comes to Sesame Street to be launched out of a cannon

Season 43

2012 · 27 episodes · Last episode: 13 years ago

Sesame Street Season 43 release dates →
  1. E27

    27. Sesame Street Gets Through a Storm

    This episode is compiled from a series of 2001 episodes about the aftermath of a hurricane that hit Sesame Street, and Big Bird coping with the loss of his nest. In place of the regular "What's the Word on the Street?" segment is an introduction by Roscoe Orman. There are no letter or number sponsors, or individual segments from previous broadcasts of the episodes. Aside from the opening and closing sequences, the segments are presented in the original aspect ratio, resulting in the episode being letterboxed.

  2. Sesame Street S43 E26 still E26

    26. Great Vibrations

    Finale Air date TBA
  3. Sesame Street S43 E25 still E25

    25. Porridge Art

    Baby Bear enters a porridge art contest that's being held by his favorite porridge brand.

  4. Sesame Street S43 E24 still E24

    24. Trashgiving Day

    Air date TBA
  5. Sesame Street S43 E23 still E23

    23. Max the Magician (repeat)

    Air date TBA
  6. Sesame Street S43 E22 still E22

    22. Rocco's Playdate

    Air date TBA
  7. Sesame Street S43 E21 still E21

    21. Lifting Snuffy

    Snuffy is looking forward to being lifted into the air during a dance that was choreographed by Zoe, but he's too heavy for his partner to lift.

  8. Sesame Street S43 E20 still E20

    20. Fairy Tale Science Fair (repeat)

    Baby Bear and Telly report from the Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair, which features fairy tale characters solving problems with science. Little Red Riding Hood, for instance, observes and compares her grandmother and the Big Bad Wolf, who's dressed like her grandma, in order to tell one from the other; and Cinderella, with help from Baby Bear and Telly, conducts an experiment to see if pumpkins can float.

  9. Sesame Street S43 E19 still E19

    19. Best House of the Year

    The Three Little Pigs build a house for the "Best House of the Year" contest, but it can't stand up to the Big Bad Wolf's huffing and puffing. With Leela's and Elmo's help, however, they design a new home that can withstand the wolf's powerful lungs.

  10. Sesame Street S43 E18 still E18

    18. Build a Better Basket

    Alan, Rosita, and Elmo put together a basket filled with goodies for Little Red Riding Hood to take to her grandmother's house, but she's concerned that it may not be strong enough to stand up to the Big Bad Wolf.

  11. Sesame Street S43 E17 still E17

    17. Figure It Out Baby

    Air date TBA
  12. Sesame Street S43 E16 still E16

    16. Sesame Street-O-Saurus

    Air date TBA
  13. Sesame Street S43 E15 still E15

    15. Abby Thinks Oscar is a Prince (repeat)

    Air date TBA
  14. Sesame Street S43 E14 still E14

    14. Finish the Splat

    Air date TBA
  15. Sesame Street S43 E13 still E13

    13. The Very End Of X

    Air date TBA
  16. Sesame Street S43 E12 still E12

    12. Elmo and Zoe's Hat Contest (repeat)

    Air date TBA
  17. Sesame Street S43 E11 still E11

    11. Telly the Tiebreaker (repeat)

    Air date TBA
  18. Sesame Street S43 E10 still E10

    10. Afraid of the Bark

    Air date TBA
  19. Sesame Street S43 E9 still E9

    9. Practice Makes Proud

    Air date TBA
  20. Sesame Street S43 E8 still E8

    8. Don't Wake the Baby

  21. Sesame Street S43 E7 still E7

    7. Brandies Is Looking For A Job

  22. Sesame Street S43 E6 still E6

    6. A Song For The Letter

  23. Sesame Street S43 E5 still E5

    5. Me Am What Me Am

    Cookie Monster becomes known as the Veggie Monster after he eats several carrots.

  24. Sesame Street S43 E4 still E4

    4. Baby Bear Comes Clean

  25. Sesame Street S43 E3 still E3

    3. Hansel & Gretel's Playdate with Big Bird

  26. Sesame Street S43 E2 still E2

    2. The Good Sport

    After losing to Abby in several games of hot potato, Elmo turns to Telly for help in becoming better. He becomes so good that, the next time he plays Abby, he repeatedly wins; and then his newfound skill goes to his head, causing him to show off.

  27. Sesame Street S43 E1 still E1

    1. Get Lost, Mr. Chips

    Alan is getting ready for the Cookie Connoisseurs Club, the most exclusive cookie appreciation club in the country, to come to Sesame Street to taste his super cookies. Alan asks Chris to distract Cookie Monster while the club meets. Chris tries, but it's too late. Commander Chiphead, the club's Cookie Master, says that Cookie Monster can only taste Alan's cookies if he's a member of the club. To join, he must recite the Cookie Connoisseurs Club Pledge of Allegiance and follow the three rules: to first look at the cookie, then smell the cookie, and finally, only nibble the cookie to savor its flavor. Cookie Monster thinks he can follow these rules, but devours the first cookie right away! Commander Chiphead is not happy, but gives Cookie Monster another chance. Chris suggests that Cookie Monster try to pretend that the cookie is something else to help him control himself. He pretends that it's a yo-yo, which seems to be working, but once Cookie Monster smells the cookie, he eats it right up.. Next, Cookie Monster tries to pretend that the cookie smells like something stinky, which helps him get past rule #2, but as he goes to nibble it, he loses control again. Cookie Monster has one last chance, so this time he keeps reminding himself out loud that he needs to control himself so that he can stay in the club and get to try all sorts of cookies. The strategy works! Now it's time for the last cookie, and Commander Chiphead is so excited because it is one of his favorites. He loses control and devours the entire thing. Cookie Monster offers to help teach him self-control since he's so good at it now.

Season 44

2013 · 26 episodes · Last episode: 12 years ago

Sesame Street Season 44 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S44 E26 still E26

    26. Every Plant That Ever Was

    Finale

    Stinky is excluded from a book about plants.

  2. Sesame Street S44 E25 still E25

    25. Lights, Camera, Bert!

    Bert accesses his imagination when he acts out different scenes for a movie.

  3. Sesame Street S44 E24 still E24

    24. The Wedding Planner

    Elmo helps Zoe with the final details of Rocco's wedding.

  4. Sesame Street S44 E23 still E23

    23. Pogo Games

    Telly trains with a coach so he can win at the Pogo Games.

  5. Sesame Street S44 E22 still E22

    22. Jack's Big Jump

    Jack-Be-Nimble suddenly finds himself unable to jump.

  6. Sesame Street S44 E21 still E21

    21. Three Cheers for Us

    Zoe, Elmo, Telly and Slimey want to be cheerleaders, but they need to find someone to cheer for.

  7. Sesame Street S44 E20 still E20

    20. Baby Bear Hates Tee Ball

    Papa Bear is excited to teach Baby Bear how to play T-Ball, but Baby Bear isn't as excited.

  8. Sesame Street S44 E19 still E19

    19. Judy and the Beast

    Judy of "Judy and Beast" searches for a new fairy godmother.

  9. Sesame Street S44 E18 still E18

    18. The Princess Story

    Abby and Zoe ask Leela to help them write a princess story; imagination.

  10. Sesame Street S44 E17 still E17

    17. Grandparents Celebration

    Elmo is disappointed when his grandparents get stuck at the airport while on their way to visit him.

  11. Sesame Street S44 E16 still E16

    16. Baby Bear's New Sitter

    Baby Bear is worried about getting a new baby sitter.

  12. Sesame Street S44 E15 still E15

    15. Rosita's Abuela

    Rosita's Spanish-speaking grandmother visits.

  13. Sesame Street S44 E14 still E14

    14. The Wild Brunch

    Snuffy has to figure out how to remember everyone's order when he helps out at Hooper's Store.

  14. Sesame Street S44 E13 still E13

    13. Big Bird's Nest Sale

    Snuffy accidentally sells Big Bird's teddy bear while helping him with his nest sale.

  15. Sesame Street S44 E12 still E12

    12. Gotcha!

    A hidden camera on "Sesame Street" catches bad manners in action.

  16. Sesame Street S44 E11 still E11

    11. Count Tribute

    The Count is late to accept his Nobel Prize for Counting, so his friends try to stall the judge.

  17. Sesame Street S44 E10 still E10

    10. Firefly Show

    Baby Bear and Telly try to catch a firefly.

  18. Sesame Street S44 E9 still E9

    9. Leela's Cell Phone Addiction

    Zoe and Abby are frustrated that Leela constantly texts.

  19. Sesame Street S44 E8 still E8

    8. Mi Amiguita Rosita

    Rosita writes a book about Sesame Street and what being Mexican means to her.

  20. Sesame Street S44 E7 still E7

    7. Still Life With Cookie

    Cookie Monster paints a picture of a cookie.

  21. Sesame Street S44 E6 still E6

    6. Help-O-Bots

    Telly, Rosita and Elmo pretend they are robots while helping Chris at Hooper's Store.

  22. Sesame Street S44 E5 still E5

    5. Simon Says

    Telly prepares for a Simon Says competition.

  23. Sesame Street S44 E4 still E4

    4. Latino Festival

    A street festival celebrates Spanish culture and language.

  24. Sesame Street S44 E3 still E3

    3. The Flower Show

    Stinky tries to relax so he will bloom in time for the flower show.

  25. Sesame Street S44 E2 still E2

    2. Don't Get Pushy

    Rosita needs to control herself and her feelings.

  26. Sesame Street S44 E1 still E1

    1. Telly Gets Jealous

    Telly is jealous that Baby Bear's pet parrot can do tricks that his hamster cannot perform.

Season 45

2014 · 27 episodes · Last episode: 11 years ago

Season 45 is one of the most high-energy seasons yet. With catchy dance breaks and songs, everyone will be up on their feet!

Sesame Street Season 45 release dates →
  1. E27

    27. The Cookie Thief

    Finale

    A brand new museum has opened on Sesame Street, the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo, and Chris are very excited to check it out. However, when they step inside, all of the cookie art starts to make Cookie Monster hungry for cookies. Chris explains that he needs to control himself and use only his eyes to look at the paintings.

  2. Sesame Street S45 E26 still E26

    26. Everyday Magic

    Telly and Abby discover the 'magic' of using everyday objects as tools to help solve problems around Sesame Street.

  3. Sesame Street S45 E25 still E25

    25. Grover Does It All

    Mando helps Grover slow down and focus when he tries to too many activities at the same time.

  4. Sesame Street S45 E24 still E24

    24. Abby Schools in Cool

    Mando & Abby help Rosita, Elmo, and Telly see the value of being themselves and doing things that make them happy.

  5. Sesame Street S45 E23 still E23

    23. Upside-Down Nursery Rhymes

    Mother Goose rewrites some of her famous rhymes to help her characters work through their feelings.

  6. Sesame Street S45 E22 still E22

    22. Jack B. Nimble Can't Sit Down

    Chris and Elmo help Jack B. Nimble stay in his seat and pay attention so they can all watch the movie.

  7. Sesame Street S45 E21 still E21

    21. Papa Bear Goes to Preschool

    Papa Bear learns that school rules are different from rules at home.

  8. Sesame Street S45 E20 still E20

    20. Bert's Sign Painting Challenge

    Chris helps Bert calm down as he struggles with letters that look similar.

  9. Sesame Street S45 E19 still E19

    19. Chaos at Hooper's Store

    Alan and Telly use math to figure out how to take care of The Old Lady Who Lives in a Shoe's 12 kids.

  10. Sesame Street S45 E18 still E18

    18. Friendship Day

    Zoe learns to be careful with the words she uses after hurting Elmo's feelings over their friendship dance.

  11. Sesame Street S45 E17 still E17

    17. Elmo the Grouch

    Oscar tries to convince Elmo that he's becoming a Grouch.

  12. Sesame Street S45 E16 still E16

    16. Oscar's Clean Tuxedo

    Leela and Elmo remember and recreate three of the yuckiest stains on Oscar's tuxedo.

  13. Sesame Street S45 E15 still E15

    15. Stinky's First Day of Preschool

    Stinky is anxious about preschool. Elmo and Chris give Stinky strategies to help Stinky calm down.

  14. Sesame Street S45 E14 still E14

    14. Oscar's Trash Plan

    Oscar learns to resist spending his trash and save it for a special grouch instrument.

  15. Sesame Street S45 E13 still E13

    13. Waiting for the Present

    Rosita needs to learn how to control herself and wait to open her present from Elmo.

  16. Sesame Street S45 E12 still E12

    12. Big Bird Loses His Nest

    Big Bird speaks up when another bird takes his nest.

  17. Sesame Street S45 E11 still E11

    11. Peter Piper's Purpose

    Telly helps Alan pick pickled peppers for each customer.

  18. Sesame Street S45 E10 still E10

    10. Calm Down and Think, Elmo

    Alan helps Elmo calm down and think so he can answer questions in order to win a brand new bicycle horn.

  19. Sesame Street S45 E9 still E9

    9. If Me Had That Wand

    Cookie Monster is tempted to take Abby's wand, but Alan helps him think about how Abby would feel.

  20. Sesame Street S45 E8 still E8

    8. Ernie's Dance Video

    Ernie changes his plan of making a dance video with everyone on Sesame Street as new steps are added.

  21. Sesame Street S45 E7 still E7

    7. A Bicycle Built by Two

    Luis and Telly follow a diagram of a bicycle and build the perfect sized bicycle for Little Chicken.

  22. Sesame Street S45 E6 still E6

    6. Number 15's Quinceanera

    Abby and Zoe learn how to compromise and give Number 15 the best quinceanera ever.

  23. Sesame Street S45 E5 still E5

    5. Enthusiastic Penelope

    Chris helps Penelope, an overly excited penguin, learn how to control herself and make new friends.

  24. Sesame Street S45 E4 still E4

    4. Numeric-con

    A comic-con-like number convention comes to Sesame Street and Elmo helps solve problems using math.

  25. Sesame Street S45 E3 still E3

    3. Proud to Be Me

    Mando, Chris and Leela help Segi see that being brown is snazzy when she becomes upset after reading a book.

  26. Sesame Street S45 E2 still E2

    2. Bert's Training Wheels

    Luis and Ernie help Bert gain the confidence to ride his bike without training wheels after they break.

  27. Sesame Street S45 E1 still E1

    1. School for Chickens

    Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool.

Season 46

2016 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 10 years ago

Season 46 teaches smarter, stronger, and kinder lessons with fun and familiar themes like bedtime, boo-boos, and animals.

Sesame Street Season 46 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S46 E35 still E35

    35. Halloween

    Finale

    In this special Halloween episode, the letter of the day is 'H' (for 'Halloween') and Elmo learns that a good imagination is the most important part of pretending.

  2. Sesame Street S46 E34 still E34

    34. School for Chickens

    Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe, played by Saturday Night Live's Taran Killam, teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool. Also featuring Murray has a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 14.

  3. Sesame Street S46 E33 still E33

    33. Don't Get Pushy

    Telly is upset when Rosita pushes Baby Bear by accident because she is too excited; but with the help of her friends on Sesame Street, she learns how to control herself. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Les Moussarables, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 11.

  4. Sesame Street S46 E32 still E32

    32. Sesame Ocean

    Abby turns Sesame Street into a magical ocean so Dorothy can swim anywhere she likes but when she disappears, Elmo and Abby follow clues to find her. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter O and the nubmer 6.

  5. Sesame Street S46 E31 still E31

    31. The Good Sport

    Elmo learns how to win and lose gracefully while playing Hot Potato with Abby. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Hungry Games parody, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 3.

  6. Sesame Street S46 E30 still E30

    30. Afraid of the Bark

    Zoe is rattled when Barkley playfully picks up her pet rock, Rocco, in his mouth. Elmo, with the help of Gina, Bob and Grover, help Zoe get over her fear. Also featuring Murry had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 5.

  7. Sesame Street S46 E29 still E29

    29. Dress-Up Club

    Prairie Dawn learns that it doesn't matter if you're a boy or girl, anyone can dress-up and play any way they want. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

  8. Sesame Street S46 E28 still E28

    28. Mi Amigita Rosita

    Rosita is bothered by a story that doesn't resonate with her culture, so she writes her own book about things she loves: dancing, Mexican wrestling and playing with her friends. Also featuring celeb vocab in espanol with Gina Rodrigues, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the ABC's and the number 9.

  9. Sesame Street S46 E27 still E27

    27. Bye Bye Pacifier

    Elmo helps Curly Bear come to terms with giving up her binky. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 12.

  10. Sesame Street S46 E26 still E26

    26. Elmo and the Bookaneers

    The Bookaneers, a band of book and reading-loving pirates led by Tina Fey, comes to Sesame Street! They invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, and together they look for the pirates' treasure, the library. Also featuring 'B is for Book' with Pharrell, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookie, and Elmo's Wold. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 1.

  11. Sesame Street S46 E25 still E25

    25. BooBoo Busters

    Abby and Elmo are the Boo-Boo Busters; finding friends on Sesame Street who need help making their boo-boos better. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 13.

  12. Sesame Street S46 E24 still E24

    24. Abby Makes the Seasons Change

    Abby makes the seasons change on Sesame Street. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to by the letter S and the number 4.

  13. Sesame Street S46 E23 still E23

    23. Music Magic

    When Elmo uses Abby's magic wand, all anyone on Sesame Street can do is sing! Also featuring 'Just like Magic' song with Sara Bareilles, Cookie Monster's Furry Potter parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brough to you by the letter M and the number 20.

  14. Sesame Street S46 E22 still E22

    22. Chicken Thunderstorms

    Elmo, Abby, Chris and Leela help to teach some chickens not to be afraid of thunderstorms. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-weather. Brought to you by the letter W and the number 4.

  15. Sesame Street S46 E21 still E21

    21. To the Moon, Elmo

    Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imagination to go into space and with help from Chris, they figure out which 'space tool' to use to fix their ripped space ship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo's World-sky. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 10.

  16. Sesame Street S46 E20 still E20

    20. Hooper's Lockdown

    When Grover's new security gate system accidentally locks Chris out of Hooper's store, Elmo and Abby help solve math problems to open the gates in time to stop Cookie Monster from eating Alan's birthday cake. Also featuring Nick Jonas, Cookie Monster's 007 parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 8.

  17. Sesame Street S46 E19 still E19

    19. Move It!

    It's 'Move It Day' on Sesame Street where everyone moves their body. But after spending the day just sitting and eating cookies, Cookie Monster learns that exercising and moving your body gives you lots of energy and helps you feel better. Also featuring a song with Ne-Yo, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 8.

  18. Sesame Street S46 E18 still E18

    18. A Very Cookie Mother's Day

    Cookie Monster wants to give his mom the perfect Mother's Day gift, but first he needs to learn how to control himself from eating it. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-family. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 19.

  19. Sesame Street S46 E17 still E17

    17. Camping Show

    Elmo and Chris go camping in the woods near Sesame Street to relax and meet some new friends. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-plants. Brought to you by the letter N and the number 16.

  20. Sesame Street S46 E16 still E16

    16. Rocco's Playdate

    Elmo and Zoe use arts and crafts to help make a 'friend' for Zoe's pet rock, Rocco, to play with. Also featuring Murray had a lttle lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter C and the number 7.

  21. Sesame Street S46 E15 still E15

    15. Birdie and the Beast

    Big Bird makes up a fairy tale about a bird named Birdie who helps a Beast learn how to be a good friend. Also featuring Elmo the Muscial-Prince. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 0.

  22. Sesame Street S46 E14 still E14

    14. Enthusiastic Penelope Penguin

    Chris helps Penelope, an overly excited penguin, learn how to control herself and make new friends. Also featuring 'Be a good friend' song with Gwen Stefani, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-friends. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 2.

  23. Sesame Street S46 E13 still E13

    13. The Princess Story

    Rosita helps Abby and Zoe think outside the 'fairy tale' box as they imagine and make up a story together. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo the Musical-prince. Brought to you by the letter P and the number 4.

  24. Sesame Street S46 E12 still E12

    12. Elmo Steps in for Super Grover

    When Super Grover's new sidekick Horatio keeps getting stuck in doorways, Elmo has to answer the distress calls. Also featuring 'Everyday Hero' song with Aloe Blacc, Cookie Monster's Aveggies parody, and Elmo the Musical-superheros. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 1.

  25. Sesame Street S46 E11 still E11

    11. Abby's Fairy Garden

    Abby is going to teach Elmo how to garden, but a gnome takes his seeds and flower pot. Abby and Elmo need to play memory games in order to get them back. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-Plants. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 17.

  26. Sesame Street S46 E10 still E10

    10. Say Thank You to Your Face Day

    Elmo helps Abby, Grover, and Telly figure out how to say thank you to our nose, eyes, and mouth all at the same time. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-noses. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 9.

  27. Sesame Street S46 E9 still E9

    9. What I Love About Art

    Telly learns that by using his imagination and experimenting, he can make art in lots of different ways. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 18.

  28. Sesame Street S46 E8 still E8

    8. When Dinosaurs Walked Sesame Street

    Elmo, Chris, and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn that there are small and big dinosaurs, some dinosaurs are herbivores and some are carnivores and that Big Bird is a dinosaur! Also featuring Jurassic Cookie parody, and Elmo's World-dinosaurs. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

  29. Sesame Street S46 E7 still E7

    7. The Best Friend Band

    Elmo and Abby learn how to compromise and combine their two favorite songs, creating the Best Friend Song. Also featuring 'That's Music' song with 5th Harmony, Murray had a little lamb-music school, and Elmo's World-violins. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 5.

  30. Sesame Street S46 E6 still E6

    6. Valentine's Day

    It's Valentine's Day on Sesame Street! Elmo and Abby make valentines for each other and learn about the importance of friendship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Twilight parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter V and the number 14.

  31. Sesame Street S46 E5 still E5

    5. Funny Farm

    Elmo, Abby, and Alan help Grover think like a farm animal so he can throw the perfect party for farm animals. Also featuring Super Grover 2.0 (S.T.E.M.), and Elmo's world-farm. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 3.

  32. Sesame Street S46 E4 still E4

    4. Saved by Superfoods

    The SuperFood Super Foods fly onto Sesame Street to help their friends try new foods, find a healthy snack, and explain the importance of eating breakfast. Also featuring Orange is the New Snack parody, and Elmo the Musical-Tomato. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 10.

  33. Sesame Street S46 E3 still E3

    3. Grover's Street Safari

    Grover takes Elmo and friends on a Sesame Street Safari and they pretend to be all of the wild animals they see. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Muscial-cowboy. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 5.

  34. Sesame Street S46 E2 still E2

    2. Mucko Polo, Grouch Explorer

    With Mucko Polo (Alan Cumming), Elmo, Abby, and Oscar use their five senses to explore and search for the grouchiest things on Sesame Street. Also featuring Grover finds a pyramid and Elmo the Musical-Guacamole. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 6.

  35. Sesame Street S46 E1 still E1

    1. Bedtime Story

    While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime. Also featuring celeb vocab 'bedtime' with Tracee Ellis Ross, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies and Elmo's World-sleep. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 10.

Season 47

2017 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 9 years ago

Season 47 brings exciting new changes, including a reimagined 'Elmo's World,' a new kindness curriculum, and new Muppet characters.

Sesame Street Season 47 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S47 E35 still E35

    35. Snazzy Society (repeat)

    Finale

    When Segi becomes upset after reading a book about her favorite character, Mando, Chris and Leela help her see that being brown is snazzy. Guest star: Lupita Nyong’o.

  2. Sesame Street S47 E34 still E34

    34. The Four Sneezons

    When Grover wishes he didn’t have a cold in the fall, Rudy uses Abby’s wand to change the season. Now, every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

  3. Sesame Street S47 E33 still E33

    33. Hide and Seek Rudy

    After Rudy uses Abby’s wand to find the best hiding spot, and accidentally turns himself into a banana, she becomes worried when she can’t find him.

  4. Sesame Street S47 E32 still E32

    32. Rudy Lets Loose

    Abby and Rosita help watch Grover’s dogs, but Rudy scares the animals when he tries to pet them. Rudy uses Abby’s wand and turns himself into a dog so that the dogs will be friends with him.

  5. Sesame Street S47 E31 still E31

    31. Hello Rudy

    Abby is excited to meet her new stepbrother, Rudy, for the first time. Rosita and Elmo help Abby look out for him so that she can see Rudy as soon as he gets to Sesame Street.

  6. Sesame Street S47 E30 still E30

    30. Battle of the Chefs

    Chris and Elmo help Alan compete in challenges to become the “Cast Iron Cook.” Guests: Jason Schwartzman, Anthony Mackie.

  7. Sesame Street S47 E29 still E29

    29. Big Bird’s Big Move

    Freddy Flapman, real estate agent to birds, tries to convince Big Bird to migrate away from Sesame Street. Guest: Lin-Manuel Miranda.

  8. Sesame Street S47 E28 still E28

    28. Bert and Ernie Make a Movie (repeat)

    Ernie and Elmo help Bert tap into his imagination as he acts out different scenes for a movie.

  9. Sesame Street S47 E27 still E27

    27. Twinkle Twinkle Little Star

    Elmo doesn’t give up and keeps practicing until he can play the song “Twinkle Twinkle Little Star” on his piano. Guest: 5th Harmony.

  10. Sesame Street S47 E26 still E26

    26. The Camouflage Game

    Elmo, Rosita and Chris try to find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street so they can join the Camouflage Club. Guest: Kyra Sedgwick.

  11. Sesame Street S47 E25 still E25

    25. The Recycling Fairy

    Redusa the Recycling Fairy visits Sesame Street and helps everyone recycle their old trash into something new to help keep the earth clean and beautiful.

  12. Sesame Street S47 E24 still E24

    24. Father's Day

    It’s Father’s Day, and Rosita’s friends help her make a video message, so she can tell her dad how much she loves him.

  13. Sesame Street S47 E23 still E23

    23. Elmo and Rosita's Rainbow Search (repeat)

    Elmo sees a rainbow, but it disappears before Rosita can see it. Rosita, who has never seen a rainbow, becomes determined to see one. Guest: OK Go.

  14. Sesame Street S47 E22 still E22

    22. Rocking Rollie

    Rosita and Zoe build a baby-rocking machine.

  15. Sesame Street S47 E21 still E21

    21. Sheep in a Jet Pack

    When Ovejita flies up high after putting on a jetpack, Abby and Nina must figure out how to get her back down.

  16. Sesame Street S47 E20 still E20

    20. Wild Animals Shop for Lunch (repeat)

    Snuffy helps out at Hooper’s Store when zoo animals come for brunch, but has to find a way to remember everyone’s order. Guest star: Audra McDonald.

  17. Sesame Street S47 E19 still E19

    19. House of Worm

    Abby helps Turner the Worm build a place that feels like home.

  18. Sesame Street S47 E18 still E18

    18. Counting Hats (repeat)

    Elmo and Zoe compete to see who can wear the most hats.

  19. Sesame Street S47 E17 still E17

    17. Bike Show with a Beat

    Nina and her friends make musical instruments out of bike parts and play music to attract customers to her new bike shop.

  20. Sesame Street S47 E16 still E16

    16. Make Your Garden Grow

    Elmo has made sure his apple tree has good soil, water and sunshine, but he still needs to learn how to be patient and wait for it to grow.

  21. Sesame Street S47 E15 still E15

    15. Meet Julia

    Elmo and Abby play with Julia, and Alan helps Big Bird understand more about Julia's autism.

  22. Sesame Street S47 E14 still E14

    14. Painting with Cookie Monster

    Cookie Monster learns how to control himself from eating his own paintings.

  23. Sesame Street S47 E13 still E13

    13. Get Ready for Today

    Elmo and Abby help Crystal the Ball come up with a morning routine, so she can be ready to go out and play.

  24. Sesame Street S47 E12 still E12

    12. Big Bird's Song

    Abby and Elmo help Big Bird calm down, so he won’t be nervous singing on the show, “The Squawk.”

  25. Sesame Street S47 E11 still E11

    11. Baby Bear Learns About Bees (repeat)

    Baby Bear is scared of bees until Abby shows him and Chris just how amazing the insects really are.

  26. Sesame Street S47 E10 still E10

    10. Elmo Comes Clean

    Elmo keeps hiding from Nina because he wants more time to play before his bath, but Ernie helps him realize that he can play in the bathtub, too.

  27. Sesame Street S47 E9 still E9

    9. Norbert's Birthday

    Rosita, Zoe, and Grover give Norbert the Robot a surprise birthday party to show how much they care about him.

  28. Sesame Street S47 E8 still E8

    8. Snuffy's Dance (repeat)

    Zoe choreographs a ballet and the dancers must work together to figure out how to make Snuffy fly.

  29. Sesame Street S47 E7 still E7

    7. Dress Up

    Abby and Elmo play dress up and pretend to be lots of different people, like bike repair assistants, to help Nina fix Rosita’s bike.

  30. Sesame Street S47 E6 still E6

    6. Elmo's Sweet Ride

    Elmo shares his scooter with Zoe and learns how to be patient and wait for his turn, while she practices and learns how to ride.

  31. Sesame Street S47 E5 still E5

    5. Having a Ball

    When Saul the Ball is disappointed that he can’t play ball with Elmo and Rosita inside the house, Elmo and Rosita help him use his imagination to play other games.

  32. Sesame Street S47 E4 still E4

    4. Super Sitters

    Grover and Cookie Monster help Chris baby-sit and learn how to take care of a baby.

  33. Sesame Street S47 E3 still E3

    3. Abby Helps Clear Things Up

    Abby helps Prince Charming calm down at the eye doctor's office.

  34. Sesame Street S47 E2 still E2

    2. Be Kind to Your Worm

    Oscar participates in the Be Kind to Your Worm day activities, because he knows it’ll make his best friend, Slimey, happy.

  35. Sesame Street S47 E1 still E1

    1. The Kindness Kid

    The Kindness Kid (Zachary Levi) visits Sesame Street to spread kindness and Grover wants to be a Kindness Kid too, but every time he tries to do something kind, he fails. Chris helps Grover realize that just trying to help someone is actually being kind.

Season 48

2017 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 8 years ago

The word on the street is 'kindness' in Season 48 of this award-winning series that features a new segment: 'Cookie Monster's Foodie Truck.'

Sesame Street Season 48 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S48 E35 still E35

    35. The Count's Counting Error

    Finale

    Upset by his first-ever counting mistake, the Count tries to find another job. He soon finds out that many other jobs include counting, too.

  2. Sesame Street S48 E34 still E34

    34. Surfin' Sesame Street

    Alan tells Elmo and Grover that he couldn't go on vacation this year, so Elmo, Grover and Chris surprise him by bringing the beach to Sesame Street.

  3. Sesame Street S48 E33 still E33

    33. Rosita and Elmo Teach Yoga

    Telly practices balancing his weight during yoga class.

  4. Sesame Street S48 E32 still E32

    32. Abby and Zoe Love Karate

    Nina teaches Abby and Zoe all about karate. After learning how to focus and practice, Abby and Zoe manage to kick a ball off a stand with a special karate kick.

  5. Sesame Street S48 E31 still E31

    31. Fido the Frog

    Chris, Elmo and Abby help Fido feel proud that he is a frog and find the right habitat to live in.

  6. Sesame Street S48 E30 still E30

    30. The Golden Triangle

    Texas Telly joins Minnesota Mel in a search for the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

  7. Sesame Street S48 E29 still E29

    29. Elmo and Abby's Bubble Fun

    Alan and Chris introduce Sesame Street's first-ever Bubble Fest! Elmo, Abby, Telly and the kids gather for the festivities. Telly is excited, as he's never blown a bubble before, and neither has Abby (her mommy's always made them with magic).

  8. Sesame Street S48 E28 still E28

    28. Oscar the Kind

    When Oscar the Grouch gets sick, he doesn’t feel grouchy anymore … he feels kind! Elmo and Baby Bear see how easy and fun it is to be kind to others.

  9. Sesame Street S48 E27 still E27

    27. The New Old MacDonald

    Old MacDonald's animals don't want to sing their song anymore because it's always sung the same way, so Nina and the gang figure out how they could sing the song in a fun new way.

  10. Sesame Street S48 E26 still E26

    26. Grandparent's Day

    Elmo is disappointed when his grandparents get stuck at the airport while on their way to visit him for the Grandparents Celebration on Sesame Street.

  11. Sesame Street S48 E25 still E25

    25. The Wheel Deal

    Nina cleans out the bike shop, and Oscar wants everything for his trash collection; the Three Pigs Movers figure out how to use wheels to help them move heavy items to Oscar's can.

  12. Sesame Street S48 E24 still E24

    24. My Rhaki Family

    Chris, Telly and Zoe visit the Laundromat and find Leela making a bracelet. She explains today is "Rahki", an Indian holiday for brothers and sisters where they exchange bracelets (also including people they feel are like brother and sister).

  13. Sesame Street S48 E23 still E23

    23. The Happy To Be Me Club

    Big Bird feels bad about himself after being teased, but Abby reminds him that he is special.

  14. Sesame Street S48 E22 still E22

    22. The Helpful Cloud

    Elmo and Grover help Floatie the Cloud try to find a job on Sesame Street; Chris helps Floatie realize that she already has an important job by bringing rain to help plants and flowers grow and giving shade to keep everyone cool on hot, sunny days.

  15. Sesame Street S48 E21 still E21

    21. Shape Hunt

    Everyone on Sesame Street is getting ready to play Shape Hunt. Each team gets a list of shapes and they have to look closely around the street to find them. When both teams have difficulty finding shapes on their list, Julia helps by finding shapes in places no one else thought of.

  16. Sesame Street S48 E20 still E20

    20. Elmo's Butterfly Friend

    Elmo and Telly learn how a caterpillar turns into a butterfly through metamorphosis.

  17. Sesame Street S48 E19 still E19

    19. Me Am Cookie Monster

    Cookie Monster defends his identity when rumors start swirling that he's really Veggie Monster.

  18. Sesame Street S48 E18 still E18

    18. It's Dance Your Favorite Dance Day

    Nina knows a lot of dances from around the world, and she's able to teach everyone the moves to their favorite dances.

  19. Sesame Street S48 E17 still E17

    17. Crafty Friends

    Elmo helps Zoe find just the right play date for her pet rock, Rocco.

  20. Sesame Street S48 E16 still E16

    16. Street Food

    Lily, a four-year-old tiger cub from China, joins Chamki, Zuzu, and all their new friends for an international food festival on Sesame Street. The group learns about traditional dishes from Japan, South Africa, India, and China. Rudy is reluctant to try the unfamiliar foods, but he’s pleasantly surprised when Elmo, Abby, and Chris encourage him to taste a few.

  21. Sesame Street S48 E15 still E15

    15. Chamki Visits Sesame Street

    Big Bird is getting ready for a visit from Chamki, his pen pal from India. Grover, Elmo, Rosita and Cookie Monster build a giant bird feeder to help her feel comfortable on Sesame Street. When she gets there, the gang finds out that even though she and Big Bird have a lot in common, she's not a bird at all!

  22. Sesame Street S48 E14 still E14

    14. Chinese New Year

    It's Chinese New Year on Sesame Street! To learn how some people celebrate the holiday in China and around the world, Nina helps Elmo, Abby Cadabby, Cookie Monster and Grover build their own dragon costume. (Guest: John Legend).

  23. Sesame Street S48 E13 still E13

    13. Book Worming

    Elmo's friend Zuzu is visiting Sesame Street from South Africa. After reading all about her home in the Book Nook, Elmo and Alan throw Zuzu a welcome party with South African food, music and traditional clothing. At the party, Zuzu says she read up on Sesame Street, too.

  24. Sesame Street S48 E12 still E12

    12. Hair Training

    Prairie and her friend Gabrielle are practicing a dance, but their hair doesn’t move the same way. Nina helps them realize that the dance is even more fun when they each let their hair do what it wants to do! Elmo and Big Bird join in and let their fur and feathers fly free.

  25. Sesame Street S48 E11 still E11

    11. Kitty Kindness

    When a lost kitten gets discovered on Sesame Street, Chris and Elmo put up signs to try and find its owner; Grover and Cookie Monster help look after the kitten and learn how to take care of it.

  26. Sesame Street S48 E10 still E10

    10. Last Straw

    Bert searches for a quiet place to nap after Ernie makes too much noise; after spending time apart, Bert and Ernie apologize to each other and learn that even though they had a fight, they can still be friends.

  27. Sesame Street S48 E9 still E9

    9. Our Family's Way

    Abby's family has dinner at Elmo's house and learns that even though they do things differently, everybody can have fun working together to get dinner ready.

  28. Sesame Street S48 E8 still E8

    8. Abby's Sock Solution

    Abby tries to help Chris after he loses a sock while doing laundry, but her efforts create chaos when she conjures up dancing socks.

  29. Sesame Street S48 E7 still E7

    7. M Is for Missing

    The letter M goes missing all over Sesame Street, and it is up to Nina and the gang to find it.

  30. Sesame Street S48 E6 still E6

    6. Clothing Drive

    Rudy's favorite sweater no longer fits him, so Nina suggests having a clothing drive where everyone can give clothes they do not need to people who do need them; Rudy's sweater goes to a little girl who is very excited to wear it.

  31. Sesame Street S48 E5 still E5

    5. Martian Mission

    Martians arrive on Sesame Street to find out what Earth people are like; Elmo shows them around and helps them learn that people come in lots of sizes, their skin comes in lots of colors, and people speak lots of languages.

  32. Sesame Street S48 E4 still E4

    4. Rapunzel Gets a Haircut

    Abby and Elmo help Rapunzel figure out how to keep her hair from getting in the way so she can follow her dream of becoming a gymnast.

  33. Sesame Street S48 E3 still E3

    3. Elmo's Nursery Rhyme

    Mother Goose tries to write a nursery rhyme for Elmo, but doesn't know anything about him; Abby tells Mother Goose some of the things that make Elmo special.

  34. Sesame Street S48 E2 still E2

    2. Cinderella's Slippery Slippers

    Cinderella would rather play than open her new shoe store and be a princess; Rosita tells Cinderella she can solve both of her problems if she gets a pair of sneakers like hers from the new store.

  35. Sesame Street S48 E1 still E1

    1. A Sesame Street Thanksgiving

    Elmo, Big Bird, Rosita, Alan, Julia, Nina and the rest of the neighborhood gather to appreciate all the traditions, cultures and delicious foods their community has to offer.

Season 49

2018 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 7 years ago

Season 49 brings exciting new changes to the Street and features a host of A-list celebrity appearances.

Sesame Street Season 49 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S49 E35 still E35

    35. Cookie Monster's Museum Mystery

    Finale

    A brand-new museum has opened on Sesame Street - the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris are very excited to check it out. While walking around the museum, the paintings suddenly begin to disappear and the museum guards think Cookie Monster stole them. With Abby's help, Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris catch who really was taking the cookie art. Season finale.

  2. Sesame Street S49 E34 still E34

    34. Slimey at the Car Race

    Slimey participates in the Squirmadega car race.

  3. Sesame Street S49 E33 still E33

    33. Camp Grover

    Elmo tells his friends that he's going to summer camp, but he's never been before. They pretend to go to Camp Grover for the day and learn all about the fun things that can happen.

  4. Sesame Street S49 E32 still E32

    32. Baby Bear's Just Right Cafe

    Baby Bear, Elmo, and Abby play restaurant. Alan teaches them how to pretend to be the chef, the host, and the server. Goldilocks is their first diner, and she’ll decide if everything is “just right.”

  5. Sesame Street S49 E31 still E31

    31. Grocery Games

    To make food shopping more fun, Alan turns it into a game. Can Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster find three foods that start with the letter C in different sections of the supermarket before Alan finishes checking out?

  6. Sesame Street S49 E30 still E30

    30. Counting Critters

    Bert and Ernie are animal-sitting six animals, but the animals sneak outside onto Sesame Street. Bert and Ernie ask Alan and Elmo for their help to make sure they find all six animals.

  7. Sesame Street S49 E29 still E29

    29. Oscar Uncanned

    Someone has taken Oscar's trash can! With Abby and Rudy's help, Oscar finds out that it was a sanitation worker who took his trash can.

  8. Sesame Street S49 E28 still E28

    28. How to Build a Dinosaur

    Grover, Elmo, and Rosita are imagining that they are paleontologists, a scientist who digs through dirt and stones to find fossils.

  9. Sesame Street S49 E27 still E27

    27. Little Bo Peep Lost Her Cow

    Little Bo Peep has lost her...cow. Telly and Elmo, the Cowmonster Pair, are on the case!

  10. Sesame Street S49 E26 still E26

    26. Wild Adventure on Sesame Street

    “Wild Nature Survivor Guy” tries to survive out in the wilds of Sesame Street.

  11. Sesame Street S49 E25 still E25

    25. Welcome to Sesame Hospital

    Rosita, Abby, and Telly play hospital and pretend to be a doctor, nurse and x-ray technician. Chris pretends to be their patient and they help heal his funny bone.

  12. Sesame Street S49 E24 still E24

    24. Four Furry Superheroes

    Telly, Abby and Elmo pretend to be their favorite superheroes, The Furry Four.

  13. Sesame Street S49 E23 still E23

    23. Earth Day

    Rudy learns to be kind to the Earth after he sees what it would be like if everyone acted like him and threw their trash on the street.

  14. Sesame Street S49 E22 still E22

    22. Dinosaur in the Laundromat

    There’s a strange noise on Sesame Street, and Rudy, Zoe, and Rosita suspect it’s a dinosaur! With the help of Bill Nye, they become scientists to observe, ask questions, and investigate the mystery.

  15. Sesame Street S49 E21 still E21

    21. Julia's Haircut

    Elmo, Abby and Alan play hair salon and pretend to be hair stylists to help Julia feel less scared about getting a haircut.

  16. Sesame Street S49 E20 still E20

    20. Elmo the Engineer

    Elmo and his dad become engineers as they design a device to help Elmo put away his toys.

  17. Sesame Street S49 E19 still E19

    19. Walking the Dog

    Elmo wants to be a dog walker just like dog walker Grover; his friends help him practice by pretending to be different kinds of dogs.

  18. Sesame Street S49 E18 still E18

    18. Elmo Goes to Chicken School

    Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool.

  19. Sesame Street S49 E17 still E17

    17. Fixing X

    Big Bird and Snuffy are the hosts of "The Letter of the Day Show" on Sesame Street, and learn all about how the letter X can come at the end of a word.

  20. Sesame Street S49 E16 still E16

    16. Mechanics in Space

    Rudy pretends to be a space alien; when his spaceship won't start, Abby and Elmo play mechanics and fix it.

  21. Sesame Street S49 E15 still E15

    15. Rudy Rides the Bus

    Elmo and Rudy play bus driver and bus monitor, driving a homemade bus and helping their friends get around Sesame Street.

  22. Sesame Street S49 E14 still E14

    14. Sesame Friendship

    Big Bird is building a tall block castle, but it accidentally gets knocked down. Big Bird thinks Snuffy did it and doesn't let him explain. Alan and Nina help them learn to stand up for themselves, listen to each other and apologize.

  23. Sesame Street S49 E13 still E13

    13. The Big Pretend Band

    Bert learns how to use his imagination and pretend-play a saxophone so that he can join his friends in their pretend band and play in a concert.

  24. Sesame Street S49 E12 still E12

    12. Elmo's Happy Little Train

    Elmo, Rosita, and Zoe play train and pretend to be the driver, conductor and passenger. They make up an adventure so that Oscar can play, too.

  25. Sesame Street S49 E11 still E11

    11. Honk If You Love Libraries

    With the help of librarian Grover and comic book superhero Galactic Gail (Zoe Kravitz), Nina and Elmo tour the different sections of the local library to find the books they need.

  26. Sesame Street S49 E10 still E10

    10. Astronaut Elmo

    Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imaginations to go into space; with help from Chris, they figure out which "space tool" to use to fix their ripped spaceship.

  27. Sesame Street S49 E9 still E9

    9. Bath Time for Blanky

    Abby brings Rudy to the laundromat to wash his stinky blanket, but new attendant Grover doesn't know how to use the machines; luckily, Chris brings in his dirty clothes too, and shows everyone how to use a washing machine and dryer.

  28. Sesame Street S49 E8 still E8

    8. Play Time

    The gang is putting on a play about Little Miss Muffet, the classic nursery rhyme. Nina helps Big Bird take on the role of playwright when he has an idea for a new ending.

  29. Sesame Street S49 E7 still E7

    7. New Year's Eve on Sesame Street

    It’s New Year’s Eve on Sesame Street! Rosita and Telly try to help Elmo stay awake until midnight so he can celebrate with his friends.

  30. Sesame Street S49 E6 still E6

    6. Math Magic (repeat)

    Max the Magician appears on Sesame Street, doing magic tricks that make scarves appear and cards disappear.

  31. Sesame Street S49 E5 still E5

    5. Elmo's Factory

    Elmo invents something new – “Anything Holders” – but he needs help with the assembly. Chris helps Elmo and his friends put together their own factory, and they work as a team and each take on a different job to make the “Anything Holders” more quickly.

  32. Sesame Street S49 E4 still E4

    4. So You Think You Can Choreograph

    Elmo and his friends are making a music video; when they ask Zoe to be the choreographer, she comes up with the perfect dance and teaches everyone the moves.

  33. Sesame Street S49 E3 still E3

    3. Hey! Sesame Street News

    Chris's belt buckle is missing! Newspaper journalist Cookie Monster solves the mystery by asking the five W questions: who, what, where, when, why.

  34. Sesame Street S49 E2 still E2

    2. Picture This

    Alan gives Elmo, Rosita and Abby his old cameras to play with and suggests they can be photographers for the day; Abby, Rosita and Elmo go around Sesame Street learning how to use their cameras and taking pictures of things like sports and fashion.

  35. Sesame Street S49 E1 still E1

    1. When You're a Vet

    Abby and Elmo play veterinarians. By using their eyes, ears and hands, Abby and Elmo figure out what's wrong with their pretend patients and help them feel better.

Season 50

2019 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 6 years ago

Season 50 focuses on the power of possibilities, empowering kids to take safe risks and learn from their mistakes.

Sesame Street Season 50 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S50 E35 still E35

    35. Let's Go Camping

    Finale

    Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! All kinds of animals join Chris and Elmo for the camp out. After Chris finds the right kind of food for each animal, they all eat dinner together. Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night! Season finale.

  2. Sesame Street S50 E34 still E34

    34. Fourth of July Celebration

    It's July Fourth on Sesame Street! Elmo, Abby Cadabby, and Rudy look for the perfect birthday present for America, but Alan teaches them that holidays are really about spending time with family and friends. Together, they do something kind for all their neighbors.

  3. Sesame Street S50 E33 still E33

    33. Lucky's Unlucky Day

    It's Lucky's first day on the job as a bulldozer; when he gets upset about making mistakes, Big Bird and Nina tell him that it's ok to make mistakes and explain that Lucky just needs to say, "I can do it," and try again.

  4. Sesame Street S50 E32 still E32

    32. Big Bird's Fairy Tale

    Big Bird makes up a fairy tale about a bird named Birdie who helps a Beast learn how to be a good friend.

  5. Sesame Street S50 E31 still E31

    31. Rudy Blows His First Bubble

    Rudy feels frustrated that he can't blow a bubble. With help from Elmo, Alan, and Rosita, Rudy realizes that he needs to breathe out instead of breathing in when blowing a bubble.

  6. Sesame Street S50 E30 still E30

    30. Making the Band

    A rock star is performing on Sesame Street, but his equipment is in the wrong town so the gang helps build and design replacements so the show can go on.

  7. Sesame Street S50 E29 still E29

    29. The Treasure of Yucky Mama

    During Oscar the Grouch’s spring “cleaning,” he finds a fifty-year-old treasure map - but the neighborhood looks much different than it used to! Will Elmo, Abby, Nina, Oscar, and Charlie learn enough about Sesame Street’s history to complete three grouchy challenges and find Yucky Mama's treasure?

  8. Sesame Street S50 E28 still E28

    28. Searching For Letter Y

    Telly, Elmo, and Abby become knights and go on a quest to help an AM Letter "Y" find its purpose in life.

  9. Sesame Street S50 E27 still E27

    27. Welcome Baby Chicks

    Elmo, Abby, Bert, and Ernie have to be patient and wait for baby chicks to hatch. By singing and making arts and crafts together, they learn that time can fly when you’re having fun.

  10. Sesame Street S50 E26 still E26

    26. Back to Nature

    Abby and Rudy want to bring nature inside Hooper's so Chris can feel like he’s outside. Abby uses her mom’s magic wand but makes a mistake and fills Hooper’s with too many animals and plants. Abby apologizes for using her mom’s wand without permission and together, with her mom, she learns how to fix her mistake without using magic.

  11. Sesame Street S50 E25 still E25

    25. A Very Special Fiesta

    Charlie, Grover, Rudy, and Abby help Rosita and her abuela plan for a friend’s fiesta. While trying to figure out what they need for the party, they try to guess who Rosita and her abuela’s friend could be.

  12. Sesame Street S50 E24 still E24

    24. Dog Day Engineers

    Zoe and Rosita help Nina dog sit but their arms get tired after continuously throwing the balls. They don't give up and keep thinking of a way to solve this problem. They figure out how to design a bike-powered ball-throwing machine they can pedal using their feet. They are two real engineers!

  13. Sesame Street S50 E23 still E23

    23. Zoe Breaks Her Arm

    When Zoe slips and breaks her arm during a ballet jump, she finds it difficult to play or do anything fun with her arm in a cast. The gang works together to put a twist on “If You're Happy and You Know It,” so Zoe can join in.

  14. Sesame Street S50 E22 still E22

    22. The Disappoint-O-Meter

    Oscar tries to find someone who's feeling disappointed by using his new disappoint-o-meter but he accidentally helps them feel happy again.

  15. Sesame Street S50 E21 still E21

    21. The Fluffster Kerfuffle

    When Rudy tries to use Julia’s special toy, Fluffster, as part of a game he’s playing with Elmo and Abby Cadabby, Julia gets very upset. Alan explains that Fluffster helps Julia feel calm, so it’s not a toy she likes to share. Rudy apologizes, and the friends find a different way to play together.

  16. Sesame Street S50 E20 still E20

    20. Neighborhood Safari

    Grover takes Elmo and friends on a Sesame Street Safari and they pretend to be all of the wild animals they see.

  17. Sesame Street S50 E19 still E19

    19. Comic Book Adventures

    Elmo and Abby make their very own comic books, but Elmo makes a mistake drawing his story and doesn't want anyone to see it. With Chris' help, Elmo learns that he can use his imagination to change the story and make it anything he wants it to be.

  18. Sesame Street S50 E18 still E18

    18. What Floats Rocco's Boat

    Elmo and Zoe try to figure out how to make Rocco the rock float. Leela helps them experiment with different materials until they design the perfect vessel.

  19. Sesame Street S50 E17 still E17

    17. Magic Spell

    The princess is under a magic sleeping spell and the spell can only be broken if the Prince writes his name on a magic tablet. Elmo and Abby help Prince Billy practice and encourages him to keep trying until he learns how to write his name all by himself.

  20. Sesame Street S50 E16 still E16

    16. You Can Do It, Elmo

    When Abby uses magic to improve Elmo’s basketball abilities, Elmo learns there are no shortcuts when it comes to mastering a skill.

  21. Sesame Street S50 E15 still E15

    15. There's a New Count in Town

    Charlie is counting everything on Sesame Street so the Count decides to leave, thinking he’s not needed anymore. But there’s too much to count for Charlie on her own so she asks for the Count’s help. Charlie explains that she loves to count but she could never take his place. The Count agrees to stay and he and Charlie continuing counting together.

  22. Sesame Street S50 E14 still E14

    14. Let's Draw

    Rudy feels upset when he “ruins” a drawing. Alan encourages him to keep trying, and Rudy eventually creates a new picture inspired by his mistake.

  23. Sesame Street S50 E13 still E13

    13. A New Friend on Sesame Street

    There's a new face on Sesame Street! With Elmo and Rosita’s help, military kid Charlie finds her way around the neighborhood and learns that Sesame Street is a place where everyone can be friends - no matter how different they are.

  24. Sesame Street S50 E12 still E12

    12. Elmo's Good Luck Charm

    Elmo loses his lucky baseball card before a game of tee-ball and says he can't play without it. When Abby, Alan, and Rosita tell Elmo that all he needs to do is practice, Elmo learns that he can still play without his lucky card.

  25. Sesame Street S50 E11 still E11

    11. The Great Fruit Strike

    When the pineapples, bananas, and other fruits get tired of being passed over at snack time, they decide to leave Sesame Street. The gang gets together to sing songs about how much they appreciate fruit to get them to stay.

  26. Sesame Street S50 E10 still E10

    10. Abby Poofs a Party

    Abby helps Leela get dressed for a neighborhood party, even if she doesn't need the assistance.

  27. Sesame Street S50 E9 still E9

    9. Humpty Dumpty's Football Dream

    When Humpty Dumpty decides to join the King's Horses & Men in their annual football game, Telly tries to come up with the right protective gear to keep Humpty from cracking.

  28. Sesame Street S50 E8 still E8

    8. A Recipe for Dance

    Chris and Rudy have trouble learning the dance moves in Nina's dance class so they sneak out and leave. They realize that they shouldn't give up so they practice and work together to learn the dance pattern and go back to join dance class.

  29. Sesame Street S50 E7 still E7

    7. Grouch University

    Sesame Street friends become part of Oscar's experiments when he enrolls in an online class to get his degree in Grouch Science.

  30. Sesame Street S50 E6 still E6

    6. Game Day on Sesame Street

    Sesame Street has turned into a giant board game called Sesame Stoplight and Elmo, Abby, and Rudy are ready to play. When feeling frustrated during the game, they learn to stop and take a deep breath, think of a plan to solve the problem and then go try their plan. By working together and not giving up, they complete the challenges and win the game.

  31. Sesame Street S50 E5 still E5

    5. A Dog and a Song!

    When Elmo and Abby can't find a band for their friend Mick to sing in, they come up with the idea of making their own band. The music sounds just right for him.

  32. Sesame Street S50 E4 still E4

    4. Getting Dressed, Not Stressed

    Elmo wants to play with his friends in the snow, but he gets frustrated when he tries to get dressed. With help from his friend Jacket, Elmo remembers to take a deep breath and keep trying until he gets dressed in his winter clothes.

  33. Sesame Street S50 E3 still E3

    3. Pigs for Another Day

    After the three little pigs catch a cold, Grover, Rosita and Cookie Monster become "Pigs for a Day." They make a couple of mistakes, but they keep trying until they build the right-sized doghouse for Chris’ friend.

  34. Sesame Street S50 E2 still E2

    2. The Great Sesame Street Cake Off

    Cookie Monster and Gonger team up against Grover and Alan in a competition to see who can bake the best birthday cake for Nina. Elmo and Rosita help the two teams work together, combining one team’s cake and the other team’s frosting to make the ultimate birthday treat.

  35. Sesame Street S50 E1 still E1

    1. Big Bird Across America

    Big Bird wants to visit Cousin Bird in California, but he learns that it’s too far for him to walk! Nina suggests a cross-country road trip, so they can stop off to meet new friends along the way.

Season 51

2020 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 5 years ago

Season 51 focuses on demonstrating playful problem solving.

Sesame Street Season 51 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S51 E35 still E35

    35. Move and Groove on Sesame Street

    Finale
  2. Sesame Street S51 E34 still E34

    34. Cinderella's Clockworks

  3. Sesame Street S51 E33 still E33

    33. Turtle Tunes

  4. Sesame Street S51 E32 still E32

    32. Family Day

  5. Sesame Street S51 E31 still E31

    31. Bowl with Elmo

  6. Sesame Street S51 E30 still E30

    30. The AlphabetvScavenger Hunt

  7. Sesame Street S51 E29 still E29

    29. A Windy Mystery

  8. Sesame Street S51 E28 still E28

    28. Abby Airlines

    Elmo, Abby, Rudy and Chris run out of cardboard while making a pretend airplane.

  9. Sesame Street S51 E27 still E27

    27. Karli's Life Box

  10. Sesame Street S51 E26 still E26

    26. The Itsy Bitsy Spider Search

  11. Sesame Street S51 E25 still E25

    25. Teacher Appreciation Day

  12. Sesame Street S51 E24 still E24

    24. Elmo and Rosita's Tallest Block Tower Ever

  13. Sesame Street S51 E23 still E23

    23. We Wonder What Happened to Snowman

  14. Sesame Street S51 E22 still E22

    22. Match It!

  15. Sesame Street S51 E21 still E21

    21. Twinkle Twinkle Little Band

  16. Sesame Street S51 E20 still E20

    20. Potluck Pickle

    Elmo, Abby, Cookie Monster and Gover want to bring vegetable lasagna to Sesame Street's potluck party, but they don't have the right ingredients and their oven is broken.

  17. Sesame Street S51 E19 still E19

    19. The Bike Shop Music Band

    To help attract new customers to the bike shop, Nina and her friends make musical instruments out of bike parts.

  18. Sesame Street S51 E18 still E18

    18. The Rainy Day Play

    Zoe and Rosita want to draw with chalk outside but it's raining! They become scientists and try a couple ideas, and wonder if there's something they can use that would keep them dry in the rain. What if they use art smocks that keep them dry when they paint? Zoe and Rosita didn't give up and they used the art smocks to keep the sidewalk dry. Now Zoe and Rosita can draw outside with chalk!

  19. Sesame Street S51 E17 still E17

    17. Abby, Zoe, and Rosita Make a Story

    Rosita helps Abby and Zoe think outside the box to imagine the best fairytale ever!

  20. Sesame Street S51 E16 still E16

    16. The Glitter Jar

    Nina is feeling frustrated as she tries to fix her scooter. Elmo and Grover wonder how they can help Nina calm down. What if they make her glitter jars? Let's try!

  21. Sesame Street S51 E15 still E15

    15. The Cool Tool Kid

    When Elmo's, Rosita's, and Bert's toys get stuck in different places, Charlie and Super Grover wonder what tool might help them reach all their friends' things. What if they use a baton? Let's try!

  22. Sesame Street S51 E14 still E14

    14. The Counting Booth Counters

    The Count leaves his counting booth in the hands of an excited Elmo and Abby, who learn how to count in different ways.

  23. Sesame Street S51 E13 still E13

    13. Elmo and the Healthy Heroes

    The healthy Super Food Super Heroes help Elmo and his friends find and try new, colorful healthy snacks and learn that breakfast is the most important meal, giving them the energy they need for the day.

  24. Sesame Street S51 E12 still E12

    12. The Waiting Game

    Here is a long line at Hooper's and Elmo and Rosita are feeling frustrated; they don't want to wait for their turn. This is a problem!

  25. Sesame Street S51 E11 still E11

    11. Tough Monster Race

    Elmo, Abby, Grover, and Nina want to make an obstacle course on Sesame Street. But they don’t have anything to go over, under, around, or through. They wonder what they can find around them to make these obstacles. What if they use a broom to go over, a blanket to go under, pool noodles to go around, and a cardboard box to go through? It works! The friends made the best monster obstacle course ever.

  26. Sesame Street S51 E10 still E10

    10. Huff and Puff Away

    After Chris reads the story of the Three Little Pigs, Elmo wonders if they can change the story so the wolf isn't mean.

  27. Sesame Street S51 E9 still E9

    9. Sneeze a Season

    Grover wishes he didn't have a cold in the Fall, so Rudy uses Abby's wand to change the season. Now every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

  28. Sesame Street S51 E8 still E8

    8. Return of the Fairytale Helpers

    When the gingerbread house from "Hansel and Gretel" falls, the Fairytale Helpers wonder what might hold the walls together. What if they use frosting? Let's try!

  29. Sesame Street S51 E7 still E7

    7. It's Sesame Circus

    Elmo wonders what amazing and exciting act he can perform for Sesame Circus, but he's struggling to figure it out. Then he has an idea! What if he rides his tricycle down a ramp and through a hoop? Let's try!

  30. Sesame Street S51 E6 still E6

    6. Holiday at Hooper's

    It’s holiday time on Sesame Street! When their parents run late from the holiday concert, Elmo and Baby Bear stay with Alan and Nina at Hooper's Store. But they are disappointed not to celebrate Christmas Eve and Hanukkah as they had planned. Elmo, Baby Bear, Nina, and Alan sing carols, eat latkes, and make lots of decorations. They create a wonderful holiday celebration all by themselves—and Elmo and Baby Bear realize that the best part of holidays is being together with friends and family.

  31. Sesame Street S51 E5 still E5

    5. Cardboard Castle

    Issa Rae is a Queen who doesn’t have enough bricks to build a play castle for her daughter. This is a problem! Elmo, Cookie Monster, and Rosita wonder: can they use something else to build the castle? What about cardboard boxes and tubes? The three friends give it a try—and it works. Because they didn’t give up, they built a cardboard castle fit for a Princess!

  32. Sesame Street S51 E4 still E4

    4. Bye Bye Boo Boos

    Boo-Boo Busters Elmo and Abby go around Sesame Street in search of friends who need help making their boo-boos feel better.

  33. Sesame Street S51 E3 still E3

    3. Measuring Big Bird

    Nina is using a smiley face growth chart to measure how tall Elmo and Rosita are. Big Bird wants to see how tall he is too, but Nina is all out of smiley faces. What else can they use to measure their tall friend? After trying a few ideas, inspiration strikes. What if they make their own smiley faces? It works! Because they didn’t give up, all the friends—including Big Bird—could be measured.

  34. Sesame Street S51 E2 still E2

    2. Camp Out

    Abby, Rudy, Elmo, and Charlie are camping out on Sesame Street. They’re just about to toast marshmallows when the sweet treats suddenly disappear! Together, the friends look and listen for clues to find out where their marshmallows have gone.

  35. Sesame Street S51 E1 still E1

    1. Ramp Racers

    Elmo and Rosita want to race their ping-pong balls, but the only ramp on Sesame Street is being used. This is a problem! They wonder if they can make another ramp. What if they use cardboard? Let’s try! It works. With Julia’s help, Elmo and Rosita didn’t give up, and they built two long ramps. They all get a chance to race their ping-pong balls – Julia, too!

Season 52

2021 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 4 years ago

Join Elmo and the gang as they welcome Tango to the neighborhood, and explore more playful problem-solving with the phrase, “I Wonder…What if…Let’s Try!”

Sesame Street Season 52 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S52 E35 still E35

    35. Family Recipe

    Finale
  2. Sesame Street S52 E34 still E34

    34. Hubert the Human Cannonball

  3. Sesame Street S52 E33 still E33

    33. Goldilocks and the Three Homes

  4. Sesame Street S52 E32 still E32

    32. Elmo's Number Adventure

  5. Sesame Street S52 E31 still E31

    31. Backyard Pizza Parlor

  6. Sesame Street S52 E30 still E30

    30. The Great Home Carnival

  7. Sesame Street S52 E29 still E29

    29. Fairy Tale Haircut

  8. Sesame Street S52 E28 still E28

    28. Chickens on the Farm

  9. Sesame Street S52 E27 still E27

    27. Haymobile

  10. Sesame Street S52 E26 still E26

    26. The Pie Caper

  11. Sesame Street S52 E25 still E25

    25. The Missing Goat Mystery

  12. Sesame Street S52 E24 still E24

    24. Sesame Street Goes to the Farm

    Elmo, Bert, Rosita and Ernie visit a farm, where they learn a lot about the machines, animals and food that can be found there.

  13. Sesame Street S52 E23 still E23

    23. Sesame Street Sitters

  14. Sesame Street S52 E22 still E22

    22. Kind Alan

    Elmo Rosita and Julia are disappointed that their plans changed and they can't have storytime with Alan right now. To help the waiting they paint pictures of all the kind things Alan has done for them like giving them snacks playing with them and reading them books. They come up with the idea of putting the paintings together to make their own book and then tell their new story to Alan.

  15. Sesame Street S52 E21 still E21

    21. A Home for Gecko

  16. Sesame Street S52 E20 still E20

    20. Friendship Celebration

  17. Sesame Street S52 E19 still E19

    19. Gingerbread Man

  18. Sesame Street S52 E18 still E18

    18. Fort Rudy

    Elmo and Rudy are having a sleepover and building a pillow fort but they don't have a pillow big enough for the roof. This is a problem! They wonder what they can use to build a strong and sturdy roof. What if they use a blanket and weigh it down with heavy books so it doesn't fall down? Let's try! It works. Elmo and Rudy didn't give up and built a pillow fort. Let the sleepover begin!

  19. Sesame Street S52 E17 still E17

    17. Rainy Day Picnic

  20. Sesame Street S52 E16 still E16

    16. The Super Shape Heroes

    Telly, Elmo, and Rosita transform themselves into shapes to help people.

  21. Sesame Street S52 E15 still E15

    15. Let's Grow Together

    Welcome to the Sesame Street community garden! Tamir has an idea: open a garden stand to share what they grow. Alan shares his grandmother’s pickled daikon recipe. Alan's proud of his heritage and happy to be sharing his family’s culture

  22. Sesame Street S52 E14 still E14

    14. The Hair Dance

    Gabrielle and Prairie Dawn think they can’t dance together because their hair doesn’t move the same way, but Nina helps them realize that it would be cool to let their hair do whatever it wants to do.

  23. Sesame Street S52 E13 still E13

    13. A Trip to the Dentist

    To help remind Julia what happens when you visit the dentist, Elmo, Charlie, and Alan play “pretend dentist” with her. After they count and clean a toy alligator’s teeth, they learn that dentists help keep our teeth clean and healthy.

  24. Sesame Street S52 E12 still E12

    12. Astro Team Alpha

    Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster are playing a space game, driving rovers back to the rocket ship before it blasts off, but then Cookie gets stuck in a crater. What if they push a pile of dirt to make a ramp? Let’s try!

  25. Sesame Street S52 E11 still E11

    11. Let's Play Pretend

    When Prairie Dawn organizes costumes for the Dress Me Up Club, she learns that anyone can dress-up and play any way they want.

  26. Sesame Street S52 E10 still E10

    10. Martin Luther King Jr. Day

    Elmo and his friends are making a Peace Tree to celebrate Martin Luther King Jr. Day. They each draw a picture to show how they will carry on Dr. King’s wish by treating people fairly and kindly every day!

  27. Sesame Street S52 E9 still E9

    9. Hike Pirates

    Abby, Rudy, and Freddy are going on a hike. Rudy says he’s tired and wants to go home. To make their hike more fun, Freddy shows Abby and Rudy a map they can follow to find the hidden treasure left by hike pirates.

  28. Sesame Street S52 E8 still E8

    8. The Letter M Mystery

    The letter “M” goes missing from everywhere around Sesame Street, and it’s up to Nina and the gang to find it.

  29. Sesame Street S52 E7 still E7

    7. The Grouch Band

    Oscar is getting ready for a virtual Grouch concert with the noisiest and most annoying instruments. Elmo’s Shaky Shake instrument isn’t noisy enough for the concert. What if he adds more rocks and blocks to his jar? Let’s try!

  30. Sesame Street S52 E6 still E6

    6. Doggie Job Search

    Brandeis, a yellow Labrador Retriever, is looking for a job on Sesame Street, so Gina trains him for a career as a service dog!

  31. Sesame Street S52 E5 still E5

    5. Bug Scouts

    Bug Scouts Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster want to help Artie the Ant carry a heavy crumb. They try pushing the crumb, but it’s too heavy to move. What if they break the crumb into smaller pieces? Let’s try!

  32. Sesame Street S52 E4 still E4

    4. Sesame Street Art Museum

    Everyone is making a painting to hang in Sesame Street’s art museum. Rudy wants to paint a rainbow, but he can’t make the perfect purple. What if he mixes the red and blue paint a little bit at a time? Let’s try!

  33. Sesame Street S52 E3 still E3

    3. Lunchtime Engineers

    When Chris sprains his ankle, Zoe, Gabrielle, and Rosita use a rope and pulley to bring him his lunch, but the rope slips off the lunch bag. What if they put the lunch bag in a basket and tie the rope to the basket handle? Let’s try!

  34. Sesame Street S52 E2 still E2

    2. Elmo Mails a Letter

    Elmo is mailing his first letter and follows mail carrier Ms. Hampton to the post office, where he sees how everyone’s mail gets sorted to go to the right place. Celebrity guest Jon Batiste sings about the heroes in our neighborhoods.

  35. Sesame Street S52 E1 still E1

    1. Elmo Builds a Robot Dog

    Elmo, Tamir, and Alan build a robot dog for Norbert the Robot, but the tail isn’t upright and “waggedy” like Tango’s tail. What if they use a wooden paint brush and wrap it with shiny foil? Let’s try!

Season 53

2022 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 3 years ago

Sharpen your crayons and hide your cookies, because Season 53 of Sesame Street is coming to HBO Max, starting November 3rd! Join your favorite furry friends for more fun, laughs, and lessons devoted to helping children grow up with a healthy self-identity and sense of belonging.

Sesame Street Season 53 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S53 E35 still E35

    35. Sesame Street Submarine

    Elmo, Rosita and Rudy are making a submarine.

  2. Sesame Street S53 E34 still E34

    34. Ramp and Roll

    Elmo and Rosita wonder if they can make a ramp out of cardboard to race their ping-pong balls.

  3. Sesame Street S53 E33 still E33

    33. Grandparents' Day

    It’s Grandparents’ Day on Sesame Street! While Elmo, Tamir, and Gabrielle help Grandma Nell prepare Grandpa ZZ’s Triple Cheesy Macareenie, they learn that the best part about making it is being able to cook together as a family.

  4. Sesame Street S53 E32 still E32

    32. Gabrielle's Amazing Maze

    Elmo, Abby and Cookie Monster help Gabrielle build a maze for her class pet hamster.

  5. Sesame Street S53 E31 still E31

    31. Love Makes a Family

    Relatives from all over come to celebrate Family Day.

  6. Sesame Street S53 E30 still E30

    30. Community Garden Cleanup

    Elmo and friends help clean up after their garden is blown down.

  7. Sesame Street S53 E29 still E29

    29. Wash Day

    It’s Wash Day today, and Gabrielle gets to spend time with her Auntie, Kayla. Auntie Kayla combs, shampoos, conditions, and detangles Gabrielle’s hair. During bath time, Gabrielle’s hair is twisted up in a shower cap and at the end, Gabrielle gets to pick out a new style for her hair. Wash Day is really special to Gabrielle and her family.

  8. Sesame Street S53 E28 still E28

    28. The Letter C Vacation

    When the letter "C" goes on vacation, all of the things that start with it also go missing – cans become fans, a cake becomes a rake, cups turn into pups. When a rested letter C returns, everyone realizes that all 26 letters are important.

  9. E27

    27. Recycling Fairy to the Rescue

    Redusa the Recycling Fairy helps everyone on Sesame Street recycle their old trash to help keep the earth clean and beautiful.

  10. Sesame Street S53 E26 still E26

    26. Make Music with Bob

    Bob helps Abby learn all about musical instruments and how vibration makes sound, while choosing the right instrument to play.

  11. Sesame Street S53 E25 still E25

    25. Fans of the Fan Dance

    Ji-Young invites her friends Elmo, Zoe, Gabrielle, Charlie, and Tamir to join her Korean fan dance class. Together they learn how to use the fans and thank Ji-Young for sharing the dance that’s special to her and her family.

  12. Sesame Street S53 E24 still E24

    24. Move and Groove on Sesame Street

    On Dance Your Favorite Dance Day, Nina teaches everyone the moves to their favorite dances.

  13. Sesame Street S53 E23 still E23

    23. Horsing Around

    Julia and Samuel are helping Elmo learn to ride a pony at a horse farm. Before riding the pony, Elmo learns how to greet, feed, and brush the pony. When it’s time to ride, Elmo feels nervous. What if he practices belly breathing? Let’s try!

  14. Sesame Street S53 E22 still E22

    22. Monster Truckin'

    Elmo and Chris are making their own monster truck jump, but they don’t have a ramp. What if they make one out of a pizza box lid? Let’s try!

  15. Sesame Street S53 E21 still E21

    21. Grouch-ercise

    Oscar's been feeling terrible all day, so Elmo, Abby, Grundgetta, and Nina try to find different exercises to help him feel better. As they set off to tell Oscar all the exercises they came up with, they find him returning from a long, grouchy walk picking up trash. Oscar feels much better and is back to feeling good and rotten.

  16. Sesame Street S53 E20 still E20

    20. Count On

    Grover has a new job as a kitty sitter but struggles to count the number of kitties altogether. After the Count shares a shortcut – counting on, instead of from the beginning – Grover learns to count on from where he left off.

  17. Sesame Street S53 E19 still E19

    19. Cinderella's New Shoes

    Cinderella doesn’t want to be a princess or open her new shoe store, she only wants to play. But when she meets Rosita, who suggests she get a new pair of sneakers, Cinderella realizes she can be a princess and play.

  18. Sesame Street S53 E18 still E18

    18. Art Rocks!

    Elmo, Abby, and Big Bird are painting pictures in the community garden, but they don’t have any paper. What if they paint on rocks that are strong and smooth? Let’s try!

  19. Sesame Street S53 E17 still E17

    17. Just Right

    When James says Mia can’t play Goldilocks because she doesn’t look like her, Mia stands up for herself and James learns that the best part of acting out a story is that you can be anyone you want to be.

  20. Sesame Street S53 E16 still E16

    16. Read-and-Share

    Elmo, Gabrielle, and Ji-Young are at an Outdoor Library. When Ji-Young can’t find a book with all the things that make her special, she writes her own comic book with the help of her friends.

  21. Sesame Street S53 E15 still E15

    15. Rockin' with Elmo and Abby

    Elmo and Abby compromise to create the “Best Friend Song” from each of their favorite songs.

  22. Sesame Street S53 E14 still E14

    14. Family Album

    Gabrielle and Tamir are making a family photo album for Grandma Nell. They learn about melanin and that sometimes people in a family can look alike, and sometimes they can look different, but are still the same family.

  23. Sesame Street S53 E13 still E13

    13. Nani Bird Visits

    Big Bird’s aunt, Nani Bird, is visiting Sesame Street from Hawaii. Nani Bird shares with Elmo, Abby Cadabby and Nina how to say “aloha,” make paper flower lei, and how to hula – all special things Big Bird’s family does in Hawaii.

  24. Sesame Street S53 E12 still E12

    12. Bubble Trouble

    It's national bubble week! Elmo, Rosita, Zoe, and Charlie are filling all of Sesame Street with bubbles to celebrate, but they are getting tired. They wonder if there's something that could make bubbles for them. What if they put bubble wands on an egg rack in front of a fan and spin it through a tub of soapy water? Let's try! It works. They didn't give up and Sesame Street gets filled with bubbles thanks to their new machine!

  25. Sesame Street S53 E11 still E11

    11. Gold Medal Tango

    Elmo, Rosita, and Chris are making a doggy obstacle course for Tango. They find a hula hoop that Tango could jump through, but it won’t stand up. What if they put the hoop through the slats of two chairs? Let’s try!

  26. Sesame Street S53 E10 still E10

    10. Big Bird's Happy To Be Me Club

    Big Bird wants to join the Good Bird’s Club, but the members try to bully him into changing.

  27. Sesame Street S53 E9 still E9

    9. How to Catch a Robot Dog

    Elmo and Tamir need to catch Norbert’s robot dog, Alfred, but he keeps running away. What if they make a fishing pole with a magnet since Alfred is made of metal? Let’s try!

  28. Sesame Street S53 E8 still E8

    8. Rudy's Favorite Sweater

    When Rudy’s favorite sweater no longer fits, Nina suggests they have a clothing drive so everyone in the neighborhood can donate clothes they don’t need to those who do.

  29. Sesame Street S53 E7 still E7

    7. Happy Hair Day

    Elmo and his friends are singing about hair! They all sing together about how hair is part of what makes each of them special no matter how it grows.

  30. Sesame Street S53 E6 still E6

    6. Bert's Bike Day with Luis

    Luis and Ernie help Bert gain the confidence to ride his bike without training wheels after they break. In loving memory of Emilio Delgado, our beloved Luis.

  31. Sesame Street S53 E5 still E5

    5. Jobs Day

    It’s Jobs Day! Elmo and his friends are learning about jobs they would like to do when they grow up. When Gabrielle doesn’t know what she wants to do yet, she learns that if you work hard and practice, you can do anything you want to do. First lady and teacher Jill Biden teaches Elmo, Abby, and Tamir about all different types of jobs.

  32. Sesame Street S53 E4 still E4

    4. The Great Corn Festival

    Welcome to the Sesame Street Corn Party, where every family brings special food made from corn. Rosita brings pineapple tamales from a special recipe she makes with her Abuela. Together, everyone learns about the many ways corn is used and that by sharing special foods, they share something special about themselves.

  33. Sesame Street S53 E3 still E3

    3. Kind Rudy

    Elmo and Rudy are helping Abby out in the garden because she hurt her wrist, and Rudy wonders how else he can help, too. What if he holds the door for Chris, who is holding the bag of soil, waters the flowers, cleans up paint left out at the community center, and makes a get-well card for Abby's wrist? Just because some things are done doesn't mean you can't help. There are so many ways to be kind!

  34. Sesame Street S53 E2 still E2

    2. Sesame Street Super Heroes

    Elmo, Abby, and Rosita are playing superheroes! When Elmo and Abby suggest Rosita play Super Carga, who can turn on superpowers with a Spanish catchphrase, she shares that speaking Spanish isn’t the only thing that makes her special.

  35. Sesame Street S53 E1 still E1

    1. Community Mural

    Friends on Sesame Street are painting a mural to celebrate the people in their neighborhood. When Abby has a hard time finding a paint color that is the same as her fur, she learns to mix paint to make a color that looks just like her.

Season 54

2023 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 2 years ago

Get ready to sing along and join your favorite furry friends for a brand new season of Sesame Street! Let’s celebrate our diverse world and find joy in connecting and learning about our community. Catch the premiere of Sesame Street on Thursday, November 9th on Max!

Sesame Street Season 54 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S54 E35 still E35

    35. Prairie Dawn's Cookie Party

    At Prairie Dawn's cookie party, Cookie Monster needs to figure out which of the cookies are octagons.

  2. Sesame Street S54 E34 still E34

    34. The Mystery Cricket

    Elmo, Abby and Tamir come across a wooden cricket and learn that it's Dave's favorite Cuban musical instrument called a guiro.

  3. Sesame Street S54 E33 still E33

    33. Use That Rice!

    At a cook-off about rice, everyone learns that when we share foods that are special to us, we share something special about ourselves.

  4. Sesame Street S54 E32 still E32

    32. Roar, It's a Dinosaur

    Elmo, Chris and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn facts about dinosaurs!

  5. Sesame Street S54 E31 still E31

    31. Elmo Goes Down the Big Slide

    Elmo is excited and a little scared to go down the big slide for the first time. With help from Chris, Elmo is ready to go down the slide by himself!

  6. Sesame Street S54 E30 still E30

    30. Elmo Visits the Library

    Librarian Grover helps Nina and Elmo find the books they need while looking through the different sections of the library.

  7. Sesame Street S54 E29 still E29

    29. Brave Bessie by Brave Gabrielle

    Gabrielle puts on a show to tell her friends about Bessie Coleman, the first African American and Native American woman to fly an airplane.

  8. Sesame Street S54 E28 still E28

    28. Tamir Learns Tagalog

    With help from his friend, Tamir, TJ makes a comic book gift to welcome his favorite comic book artist, Bobby Manalo, to Sesame Street.

  9. Sesame Street S54 E27 still E27

    27. The Tasty Transport

    Alan has a lot of food deliveries to make at Hooper's. Elmo, Charlie and Rosita ride their scooter and bikes to help deliver food to customers.

  10. Sesame Street S54 E26 still E26

    26. Elmo's Little Star

    Elmo keeps practicing and doesn't give up until he learns how to play "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star" on his piano.

  11. Sesame Street S54 E25 still E25

    25. Shabbat Shalom!

    Charlie and her family share Shabbat dinner with their friends Elmo, Alan, Big Bird and Tamir, who help them prepare their meal before sundown.

  12. Sesame Street S54 E24 still E24

    24. Jumpin' in the Rain

    Elmo tries to find something to do in the rain while he waits to jump in puddles.

  13. Sesame Street S54 E23 still E23

    23. The Sign Language ABCs

    At Alphabet Day, Elmo sings the ABC song and his friend Mathis signs the alphabet using American Sign Language.

  14. Sesame Street S54 E22 still E22

    22. The Feelings Fair

    At the Feelings Fair, Elmo, Alan and Julia learn to figure out how someone is feeling by looking at their facial expressions.

  15. Sesame Street S54 E21 still E21

    21. Elmo and Abby's Ocean Adventure

    After Abby turns Sesame Street into a magical ocean, Dorothy disappears, and Elmo and Abby must follow clues to find her.

  16. Sesame Street S54 E20 still E20

    20. Our Family Musical

    For a school project, Mia writes a musical about how special it is to grow up in a family with two different cultures.

  17. Sesame Street S54 E19 still E19

    19. Bert and Ernie's Opposite Day

    On Opposite Day, everyone is doing things that are as different as they can be. Bert and Ernie realize they like so many opposite things too!

  18. Sesame Street S54 E18 still E18

    18. Tamir's Water Works

    Tamir needs to figure out how to keep the community garden watered while he's away at camp. With his friends' help, Tamir makes an irrigation system.

  19. Sesame Street S54 E17 still E17

    17. The Kitty Sisters

    Chris and Elmo put up signs to try to find a lost kitten's owner, and Grover and Cookie Monster learn all about how to take care of a kitten.

  20. Sesame Street S54 E16 still E16

    16. The Grover Game

    At Street Carnival Day, Cookie Monster is playing the Grover Game and needs to move ping pong balls off a plate without touching them.

  21. Sesame Street S54 E15 still E15

    15. Elmo Helps the Amazing Zero!

    The Amazing Zero and Elmo are on Sesame Street to help take everything away when people need to get to zero.

  22. Sesame Street S54 E14 still E14

    14. Sesame Street's Lunar New Year Celebration

    Lily, Qui and Ji-Young are celebrating Lunar New Year on Sesame Street. They share with their friends how their families celebrate the holiday.

  23. Sesame Street S54 E13 still E13

    13. A Home for Fido

    Chris, Elmo and Abby help Fido feel proud that he's a frog and find him the right habitat to live in.

  24. Sesame Street S54 E12 still E12

    12. The Flamingo Scoop

    When Fred the Flamingo is visiting Sesame Street for a family reunion, Elmo, Rudy and Nina learn all about flamingos.

  25. Sesame Street S54 E11 still E11

    11. Sesame Street Song Day

    Mia learns how to sing a song in Spanish with help from her friends, who tell her how special she is no matter how much or little Spanish she speaks.

  26. Sesame Street S54 E10 still E10

    10. Supermarket Games

    Alan creates a game to make food shopping more fun! Can Elmo, Abby and Cookie Monster get the food in Alan's cart before checking out?

  27. Sesame Street S54 E9 still E9

    9. Are You Ready For School?

    When Rudy and Zoe feel nervous about getting ready for kindergarten, Ji-Young and Baby Bear host a game show all about school to help.

  28. Sesame Street S54 E8 still E8

    8. Elmo's Morning Routine

    Elmo and Abby help Crystal the Ball come up with a morning routine so she can be ready to go out and play.

  29. Sesame Street S54 E7 still E7

    7. Worms Want To Play

    Frankie the worm wants to play with her cousins, but they moved far away. To help their friend, Rosita, Gabrielle and Zoe must think like engineers.

  30. Sesame Street S54 E6 still E6

    6. Scootin' on Sesame Street

    Elmo shares his scooter with Zoe and learns how to be patient and wait for his turn, while she practices and learns how to ride.

  31. Sesame Street S54 E5 still E5

    5. Sesame Street Self-Portraits

    Elmo, Tamir, Charlie, Julia and Cookie Monster are making self-portraits, drawing what they look like and what they love to do.

  32. Sesame Street S54 E4 still E4

    4. Abby's Magical Sleepover

    Gabrielle, Charlie and Abby are having a sleepover! As they start their bedtime routines, they learn that their routines are different and alike.

  33. Sesame Street S54 E3 still E3

    3. Proud of My Name

    Elmo, Gabrielle and Rosita join a basketball team; Elmo and Gabrielle encourage Rosita to tell the coach to call her by her actual name; Rosita is proud of her name because names are a big part of one's identity.

  34. Sesame Street S54 E2 still E2

    2. The Oct-Dough-Pus

    Grover and his friend, the octopus, are helping at Hooper's Store but the octopus can only cook bread. With help from his friends, Grover fulfills his customer's order while learning that families all over the world make bread in different ways, shapes, and sizes!

  35. Sesame Street S54 E1 still E1

    1. Can They Be Friends?

    Reporter Grover learns that people can be friends even if they are different ages, cheer for different sports teams and like doing different things.

Season 55

2025 · 35 episodes · Last episode: 1 year ago

While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime.

Sesame Street Season 55 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S55 E35 still E35

    35. Tee Ball Trouble

    Finale

    Papa Bear is excited to teach Baby Bear T-Ball -- but Baby Bear would rather draw the ball than hit it.

  2. Sesame Street S55 E34 still E34

    34. New School Scaries

    Gonger, Elmo, Rosita, and Alan create a pretend school to help a nervous Cookie Monster prepare for his first day at cooking school.

  3. Sesame Street S55 E33 still E33

    33. Rudy Plays Ball

    When Rudy struggles to get the ball over the net in pickleball, Mia adjusts the rules for so he can practice and play the game with everyone.

  4. Sesame Street S55 E32 still E32

    32. No Wrong Way to Be You

    When Jonathan Van Ness visits Sesame Street for Hairdo Day, Tamir helps Niamh decide on a hairstyle, and they discover there's so many ways to be you.

  5. Sesame Street S55 E31 still E31

    31. Sesame Street's Lost And Found

    Abby and Cookie Monster help Grover sort through the Lost and Found to help him remember what his mommy needs for the Sidewalk Sale.

  6. Sesame Street S55 E30 still E30

    30. Big Bird's Big Solo

    When Big Bird gets the hiccups during his rehearsal with the Sesame Street Songbirds, Nina leads them all through a breathing exercise.

  7. Sesame Street S55 E29 still E29

    29. Putt Putt Cookie

    When mini golf is canceled because of the rain, Abby poofs up a course, and Cookie Monster's friends teach him how to hit the ball into the hole.

  8. Sesame Street S55 E28 still E28

    28. Happy Bert Day

    Ernie is so excited to throw Bert a surprise party, but his best friend grows increasingly frustrated because he would prefer a quiet day.

  9. Sesame Street S55 E27 still E27

    27. Ruff Ruff Doggie Robot

    Elmo, Tamir, and Alan are building a robot dog, but the tail isn't "waggedy." What if they wrap a wooden paintbrush with shiny foil? Let's try!

  10. Sesame Street S55 E26 still E26

    26. Counting Bats

    Elmo, Abby, and The Count play a game of hide-and-seek in The Count's Castle to round up all ten Batty Bats before nap time.

  11. Sesame Street S55 E25 still E25

    25. Hide and Seek Chameleon

    When Elmo and Gabrielle have trouble finding Casey Chameleon, Chris helps them learn all about chameleons and how to find Casey's hiding spots.

  12. Sesame Street S55 E24 still E24

    24. Elmo and Rudy Make a Fort

    Elmo and Rudy are making a fort at their sleepover but don't have a pillow big enough for the roof. This is a problem!

  13. Sesame Street S55 E23 still E23

    23. Garden Explorers

    To find Gabrielle's lost charm bracelet, Elmo, Abby, and Gabrielle play garden explorers and use their five senses in the Community Garden.

  14. Sesame Street S55 E22 still E22

    22. Elmo and Abby's Hot Potato Hoopla

    While playing hot potato with Abby, Elmo learns how to win -- and lose-- gracefully.

  15. Sesame Street S55 E21 still E21

    21. Chicken About Thunderstorms

    Elmo, Abby, Chris, and Leela help teach some chickens not to be afraid of thunderstorms.

  16. Sesame Street S55 E20 still E20

    20. Camp Sesame Street

    When he doesn't get to go to Fairy Day Camp, Rudy wiggles it out and then invites his friends over to his own camp to play and do arts and crafts.

  17. Sesame Street S55 E19 still E19

    19. The Letter Go Getters

    Abby magically hides the letters in a puzzle game to turn Elmo and Rudy into the Letter Go Getters.

  18. Sesame Street S55 E18 still E18

    18. A Bulldozer's Unlucky Day

    When Lucky gets upset about making mistakes on his first day as a bulldozer, Big Bird and Nina teach him that it's okay to make mistakes.

  19. Sesame Street S55 E17 still E17

    17. A Snuffy-Sized Sandwich

    Snuffy's friends want to surprise him with a special Snuffy-sized sandwich, but how will they reach the middle of the bread to spread the jam?

  20. Sesame Street S55 E16 still E16

    16. Lights! Camera! Share!

    Rudy feels angry when Abby asks him to share his toys, so his friends make a movie to show how fun it is to share.

  21. Sesame Street S55 E15 still E15

    15. Abby Helps Cinderella

    Cinderella needs to tell time for the ball, but her clock is broken! Nina, Abby, and Rudy wonder what tool they can use to fix it.

  22. Sesame Street S55 E14 still E14

    14. I Wonder If We Can Use This?

    Abby, Big Bird, and Cookie Monster play a game called "I Wonder If We Can Use This!" against Gabrielle, Zoe, and Elmo.

  23. Sesame Street S55 E13 still E13

    13. Abby Taps into Kindness

    Abby wants to tap dance but grows frustrated when she can't keep up with Nina and Charlie, who teach her to be kind to herself and keep practicing.

  24. Sesame Street S55 E12 still E12

    12. The Wet Dog Wiggles

    Elmo is too excited to teach Tango a new trick, so Julia and Sam show him how to shake out his energy and use a gentle voice and quiet body.

  25. Sesame Street S55 E11 still E11

    11. Abby's Garden Party

    When Telly learns that earthworms are invited to Abby's garden party, his friends help him feel less scared.

  26. Sesame Street S55 E10 still E10

    10. The Grouch Machine

    When Oscar tries to find someone who feels disappointed with his new disappoint-o-meter, he accidentally helps them feel happy again.

  27. Sesame Street S55 E9 still E9

    9. A Trip to the Moon

    After looking through Yasmine's telescope, Tamir, Elmo, and Zoe pretend to be astronauts and learn about the moon.

  28. Sesame Street S55 E8 still E8

    8. Nursery Rhyme Day on Sesame Street

    Reporters Elmo and Abby offer strategies to Nursery Rhyme characters experiencing big feelings of excitement, nervousness, and frustration.

  29. Sesame Street S55 E7 still E7

    7. Elmo's Lost Snowman

    On a hot day, Abby "poofs" a snowman to keep her and Elmo cool. But after they return from finding some decorations, their snowman has disappeared!

  30. Sesame Street S55 E6 still E6

    6. Rudy's Doctor Dilemma

    Rudy is afraid of getting a shot at the doctor's office, so Nina and Abby play pretend to show what the visit will be like so he can feel less scared.

  31. Sesame Street S55 E5 still E5

    5. Mitzvah Day Mix-Up

    Elmo, Grover, and all their friends help Charlie build a Little Library for her synagogue's Mitzvah Day project.

  32. Sesame Street S55 E4 still E4

    4. Jam Session Jam Up

    At the Sesame Street Jazz Festival, Elmo and Zoe learn to improvise, listen to each other play, and take turns.

  33. Sesame Street S55 E3 still E3

    3. Tamir's Art Show

    When Grandma Nell shows off his drawing before it's finished, Tamir takes volcano breaths before gathering the courage to share how he feels.

  34. Sesame Street S55 E2 still E2

    2. Martin Luther King Jr. Day on Sesame Street

    Elmo and his friends are making a Peace Tree to show how they will carry on Dr. Martin Luther King's wish to treat people fairly and kindly every day!

  35. Sesame Street S55 E1 still E1

    1. Beachball Bop

    Elmo gets angry when his block tower falls during a game with Rosita, but Louie and AM Volcano help him calm down and think about his actions.

Season 56

2025 · 13 episodes · Last episode: 5 months ago

Sesame Street Season 56 release dates →
  1. Sesame Street S56 E13 still E13

    13. Cookie Monster's Magical Cart

    Mid-season finale

    Pushing his cookie cart around gives Cookie Monster a workout. Will Abby's fairy magic make the cart easy to move without causing too much trouble?

  2. E12

    12. Grover's Play

    All the world's a stage — especially on Sesame Street! Grover directs a play starring his pals, but everyone must work together to put on the show.

  3. E11

    11. Elmo's Space Adventure

    Blast off on a speedy rocket ship as Space Captain Elmo leads Abby, Cookie Monster, Grover and Rudy on a mission to Jupiter using their imaginations.

  4. E10

    10. Cookie Monster's Cookie Cart

    Cookie Monster's cookie cart is now open, and his mommy stops by to help! Can Cookie find a way to tell her she doesn't need to do everything for him?

  5. E9

    9. Elmo's Magnificent Mini City

    It's a super hot day, so Elmo and friends stay inside and learn to beat their boredom together, using everyday items from the store to build a mini city.

  6. E8

    8. Elmo and the Great Cookie Stack 

    Mid-season finale

    Elmo and friends have until the end of the day to set the record for the tallest cookie tower ever! Can they work together as a team to make it happen?

  7. E7

    7. Elmo's Awesome Bike

    Elmo's bike is great, but is Abby's bike even better? Tamir teaches Elmo how to deal with feeling jealous — and to enjoy the things Elmo already has.

  8. E6

    6. Abby's Magical Dragons

    While watching baby dragons for the first time, Abby, Elmo and crew join voices for a soothing bedtime bop to make sure the little beasties go to sleep.

  9. E5

    5. Elmo's Toy Swap 

    After trading old toys with his pals, Elmo learns there are lots of ways to play and pretend. Later, Miley Cyrus helps the gang use their imaginations.

  10. Sesame Street S56 E4 still E4

    4. Grover's Super Suitycase

    Mid-season finale

    Elmo's sad his daddy has to go on a work trip, and Grover's on a mission to cheer him up — but it isn't working. Sounds like a job for the Help Fairies!

  11. Sesame Street S56 E3 still E3

    3. Abby's Magical Beasties

    While Abby and Elmo work together to find a lost Bubble Bug, Grover and Cookie Monster stay behind to take care of the fairy garden's Magical Beasties.

  12. Sesame Street S56 E2 still E2

    2. Cookie Monster's Big Puzzle

    It's Cookie Time... but Cookie Monster and Tamir can't figure out why Elmo doesn't want one! Abby helps Grover learn that doing puzzles takes patience.

  13. Sesame Street S56 E1 still E1

    1. Elmo Runs the Race

    The Sesame Street Races are about to begin! The winner will get a sparkly gold medal, but Elmo's so excited he forgets to fuel up with healthy food.

Cast & crew

Created by Lloyd Morrisett, Joan Ganz Cooney and Jim Henson

  • Suki Lopez

    Suki Lopez

    Nina

  • Annette Calud

    Annette Calud

    Celina

  • Violet Tinnirello

    Violet Tinnirello

    Charlie

  • David Beckham

    David Beckham

  • Chad Pennington

  • Conan O'Brien

    Conan O'Brien

  • Howie Mandel

    Howie Mandel

  • Alec Baldwin

    Alec Baldwin

  • Richard Belzer

    Richard Belzer

  • Chris Brown

    Chris Brown

  • James Blunt

    James Blunt

    Self

  • Matt Lauer

    Matt Lauer

  • Ellen DeGeneres

    Ellen DeGeneres

  • Christopher Meloni

    Christopher Meloni

  • Ice-T

    Ice-T

  • Ahmad Rashād

    Ahmad Rashād

Sesame Street FAQ

When is the next episode of Sesame Street?

A date for the next episode of Sesame Street hasn't been announced yet. Follow Sesame Street in the Streambay app and you'll be notified as soon as a new episode airs.

When did the latest episode of Sesame Street come out?

The most recent episode of Sesame Street, Season 56 Episode 13 "Cookie Monster's Magical Cart", aired on June 8, 2026.

How many seasons of Sesame Street are there?

Sesame Street has 56 seasons with 3,667 episodes in total.

When did Sesame Street first air?

Sesame Street first aired on Netflix on November 10, 1969.

How do I get notified when new episodes of Sesame Street are released?

Download the Streambay app, follow Sesame Street, and you'll get a push notification the moment each new episode is released.

More like Sesame Street

  • Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles poster

    8.3

    S5 · E20 8 years ago

    Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles

    Synopsis: The Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles are back in an all-new animated series on Nickelodeon! Surfacing topside for the first time on their fifteenth birthday, the titular turtles, Leonardo, Michelangelo, Raphael and Donatello, find that life out of the sewers isn't exactly what they thought it would be. Now the turtles must work together as a team to take on new enemies that arise to take over New York City.

  • Rugrats poster

    7.6

    S9 · E31 22 years ago

    Rugrats

    Synopsis: Focuses on a group of toddlers, most prominently Tommy, Chuckie, Phil, Lil, and Angelica, and their day-to-day lives, usually involving common life experiences that become adventures in the babies' imaginations. Adults in the series are almost always unaware of what the children are up to; however, this only provides more room for the babies to explore and discover their surroundings.

  • Ninjago: Masters of Spinjitzu poster

    8.0

    S16 · E30 4 years ago

    Ninjago: Masters of Spinjitzu

    Synopsis: When the fate of their world, Ninjago, is challenged by great threats, it's up to the ninja: Kai, Jay, Cole, Zane, Lloyd and Nya to save the world.

  • My Little Pony: Friendship Is Magic poster

    8.2

    S9 · E26 7 years ago

    My Little Pony: Friendship Is Magic

    Synopsis: Journey to the enchanted land of Equestria, where unicorn Twilight Sparkle and her pals have adventures and learn valuable lessons about friendship.

  • Kim Possible poster

    7.5

    S4 · E23 19 years ago

    Kim Possible

    Synopsis: If there's danger or trouble, Kim Possible is there on the double to save the world from villains... and still make it home in time for cheerleading practice! Luckily, Kim has her sidekick Ron Stoppable and his pet naked mole-rat Rufus by her side.

  • Animaniacs poster

    8.0

    S5 · E23 28 years ago

    Animaniacs

    Synopsis: The two Warner Brothers Yakko and Wakko and their Warner sister Dot had been (supposedly) created in the 1930's, but their cartoons were too screwy for the general public to handle. The three Warners were locked up in the studio water tower until they escaped in the 90's. There, they run wild, causing chaos everywhere!

  • The Smurfs poster

    7.0

    S9 · E40 36 years ago

    The Smurfs

    Synopsis: Classic Saturday-morning cartoon series featuring magical blue elf-like creatures called Smurfs. The Smurfs, named for their personalities, inhabit a village of mushroom houses in an enchanted forest. These loveable creatures are led by Papa Smurf and live carefree... except for one major threat to their existance: Gargamel, an evil but inept wizard who lives in a stone-built house in the forest; and his feline companion, the equally nasty Azrael.

  • The Grim Adventures of Billy and Mandy poster

    8.1

    S7 · E21 19 years ago

    The Grim Adventures of Billy and Mandy

    Synopsis: The exploits of the Grim Reaper, who has been forced into being the best friend of two children. A spin-off of the show Grim & Evil.

  • Pleasant Goat and Big Big Wolf poster

    7.4

    S1 · E213 21 years ago

    Pleasant Goat and Big Big Wolf

    Synopsis: Pleasant Goat and Big Big Wolf is a Chinese animated television series which was created by Huang Weiming, Lin Yuting and Luo Yinggeng, and produced by Creative Power Entertaining. The show is about a group of goats living on the Green Pasture, Qing Qing Grasslands/Plains, and the story revolving around a clumsy wolf who wants to eat them. Toon Express Group owns the copyrights of the characters.

  • Blaze and the Monster Machines poster

    7.4

    S9 · E14 1 month ago

    Blaze and the Monster Machines

    Synopsis: AJ is an 8-year-old techie who drives monster-truck Blaze, the top racer in Axle City. The two go on adventures that have them taking on problems involving science and math. Many predicaments they face are caused by Blaze's rival, Crusher, a tractor-trailer that will do anything to beat other vehicles to the finish line. The animated series is billed as the first TV show for preschoolers to comprehensively cover areas of science, technology, engineering and math. Each episode introduces different STEM concepts, including buoyancy and trajectory.

  • Kid vs. Kat poster

    7.9

    S2 · E52 14 years ago

    Kid vs. Kat

    Synopsis: Ten-year-old Coop Burtonburger's life takes a turn for the worse when his little sister, Millie, brings home a mysterious stray cat who, in reality, is an evil cybernetic alien in disguise. To make matters worse, neither his family nor anyone else believes him, except for his best friend, Dennis. Now, Coop risks his life every day as he attempts to foil the cat's diabolical schemes and prove to the world that the family pet is an evil mastermind.

  • The Adventures of Jimmy Neutron: Boy Genius poster

    7.4

    S3 · E23 19 years ago

    The Adventures of Jimmy Neutron: Boy Genius

    Synopsis: Jimmy Neutron is the smartest kid in town. As a genius, Jimmy thinks most things can be solved with the invention of a new gizmo. But Jimmy usually takes the easy way out, and his backfiring gadgets result in comedic adventures.

Never miss Sesame Street.

Download Streambay and follow Sesame Street. We’ll notify you the moment a new episode is released. It’s free, with no sign-up and no personal information required.

Coming soon to App Store Get it on Google Play
Sesame Street Get new episode alerts Get alerts